diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'lib/et')
37 files changed, 10829 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/lib/et/Android.bp b/lib/et/Android.bp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..565feb5 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/et/Android.bp @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +// Copyright 2017 The Android Open Source Project + +package { + // See: http://go/android-license-faq + // A large-scale-change added 'default_applicable_licenses' to import + // all of the 'license_kinds' from "external_e2fsprogs_license" + // to get the below license kinds: + // SPDX-license-identifier-0BSD + // SPDX-license-identifier-BSD + // SPDX-license-identifier-GPL-2.0 + // SPDX-license-identifier-MIT + default_applicable_licenses: ["external_e2fsprogs_license"], +} + +cc_library { + name: "libext2_com_err", + host_supported: true, + ramdisk_available: true, + vendor_ramdisk_available: true, + recovery_available: true, + unique_host_soname: true, + defaults: ["e2fsprogs-defaults"], + srcs: [ + "error_message.c", + "et_name.c", + "init_et.c", + "com_err.c", + "com_right.c", + ], + + target: { + windows: { + enabled: true, + }, + }, + + header_libs: ["libext2-headers"], + export_include_dirs: ["."], + export_header_lib_headers: ["libext2-headers"], +} diff --git a/lib/et/Makefile.in b/lib/et/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d411f23 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/et/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,185 @@ +# +# Makefile for lib/et +# + +srcdir = @srcdir@ +top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ +VPATH = @srcdir@ +top_builddir = ../.. +my_dir = lib/et +INSTALL = @INSTALL@ +MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ + +DEP_MAKEFILE = $(DEP_LIB_MAKEFILES) + +@MCONFIG@ + +all:: compile_et com_err.pc + +OBJS= error_message.o et_name.o init_et.o com_err.o com_right.o +SRCS = $(srcdir)/error_message.c $(srcdir)/et_name.c $(srcdir)/init_et.c \ + $(srcdir)/com_err.c $(srcdir)/com_right.c + +HFILES= com_err.h +SHARE_FILES= et_c.awk et_h.awk + +LIBRARY= libcom_err +LIBDIR= et + +ELF_VERSION = 2.1 +ELF_SO_VERSION = 2 +ELF_IMAGE = libcom_err +ELF_MYDIR = et +ELF_INSTALL_DIR = $(root_libdir) +ELF_OTHER_LIBS = @SEM_INIT_LIB@ + +BSDLIB_VERSION = 1.1 +BSDLIB_IMAGE = libcom_err +BSDLIB_MYDIR = et +BSDLIB_INSTALL_DIR = $(root_libdir) + +# +# what to build... +# +.c.o: + $(E) " CC $<" + $(Q) $(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS_STLIB) -c $< -o $@ + $(Q) $(CHECK_CMD) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< + $(Q) $(CPPCHECK_CMD) $(CPPFLAGS) $< +@PROFILE_CMT@ $(Q) $(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS_STLIB) -g -pg -o profiled/$*.o -c $< +@ELF_CMT@ $(Q) $(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS_SHLIB) -fPIC -shared -o elfshared/$*.o -c $< +@BSDLIB_CMT@ $(Q) $(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS_SHLIB) $(BSDLIB_PIC_FLAG) -o pic/$*.o -c $< + +@MAKEFILE_LIBRARY@ +@MAKEFILE_ELF@ +@MAKEFILE_BSDLIB@ +@MAKEFILE_PROFILE@ + +compile_et: $(DEP_SUBSTITUTE) $(srcdir)/compile_et.sh.in + $(E) " SUBST $@" + $(Q) $(SUBSTITUTE) $(srcdir)/compile_et.sh.in compile_et + $(Q) $(CHMOD) +x compile_et + +DVI=texi2dvi +DVIPS=dvips -o "$@" +INFO=@MAKEINFO@ +HTML=makeinfo --html --no-split +PS2PDF=ps2pdf + +com_err.ps : com_err.dvi +com_err.dvi: com_err.texinfo + +com_err.info: $(srcdir)/com_err.texinfo + $(E) " MAKEINFO $@" + -$(Q) $(INFO) $(srcdir)/com_err.texinfo + +com_err.dvi: $(srcdir)/com_err.texinfo + $(E) " TEXI2DVI $@" + -$(Q) $(DVI) $(srcdir)/com_err.texinfo + +com_err.ps: com_err.dvi + $(E) " DVIPS $@" + -$(Q) $(DVIPS) com_err.dvi + +com_err.pdf: com_err.ps + $(E) " PS2PDF $@" + -$(Q) $(PS2PDF) com_err.ps + +com_err.html: $(srcdir)/com_err.texinfo + $(E) " MAKEINFO $@" + -$(Q) $(HTML) $(srcdir)/com_err.texinfo + +com_err.pc: $(srcdir)/com_err.pc.in $(top_builddir)/config.status + $(E) " CONFIG.STATUS $@" + $(Q) cd $(top_builddir); CONFIG_FILES=lib/et/com_err.pc ./config.status + +#libcom_err.o: $(LIBOBJS) +# $(LD) -r -s -o libcom_err.o $(LIBOBJS) +# chmod -x libcom_err.o + +TAGS: $(SRCS) + $(TAGS) $(SRCS) + +installdirs:: + $(E) " MKDIR_P $(libdir) $(includedir)/et $(datadir)/et $(bindir) $(man1dir) $(man3dir)" + $(Q) $(MKDIR_P) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) \ + $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/et $(DESTDIR)$(datadir)/et \ + $(DESTDIR)$(bindir) $(DESTDIR)$(man1dir) \ + $(DESTDIR)$(man3dir) $(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir) + +install:: compile_et libcom_err.a $(HFILES) installdirs com_err.pc + $(E) " INSTALL_DATA $(libdir)/libcom_err.a" + $(Q) $(INSTALL_DATA) libcom_err.a $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libcom_err.a + -$(Q) $(RANLIB) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libcom_err.a + $(Q) $(CHMOD) $(LIBMODE) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libcom_err.a + $(Q) for i in $(HFILES); do \ + echo " INSTALL_DATA $(includedir)/et/$$i"; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$i $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/et/$$i; \ + done + $(Q) (cd $(DESTDIR)$(includedir) ;\ + $(LN) $(LINK_INSTALL_FLAGS) et/com_err.h . ) + $(Q) for i in $(SHARE_FILES); do \ + echo " INSTALL_DATA $(datadir)/et/$$i"; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$i $(DESTDIR)$(datadir)/et/$$i; \ + done + $(E) " INSTALL_SCRIPT $(bindir)/compile_et" + $(Q) $(INSTALL_SCRIPT) compile_et $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/compile_et + $(E) " INSTALL_DATA $(man3dir)/com_err.3" + $(Q) $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/com_err.3 $(DESTDIR)$(man3dir)/com_err.3 + $(E) " INSTALL_DATA $(man1dir)/compile_et.1" + $(Q) $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/compile_et.1 \ + $(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/compile_et.1 + $(E) " INSTALL_DATA $(pkgconfigdir)/com_err.pc" + $(Q) $(INSTALL_DATA) com_err.pc $(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)/com_err.pc + +uninstall:: + $(RM) -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libcom_err.a \ + $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/compile_et \ + $(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)/com_err.pc + $(RM) -rf $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/et $(DESTDIR)$(datadir)/et + +fullcheck check:: compile_et + for i in $(srcdir)/test_cases/*.et ; do \ + t=`basename $$i | sed -e 's/.et//'`; \ + _ET_DIR_OVERRIDE=$(srcdir) ./compile_et $$i ; \ + diff -c $(srcdir)/test_cases/$$t.c $$t.c > $$t.failed; \ + if [ $$? -ne 0 ]; then echo Test case $$t failed; exit 1 ; fi ; \ + diff -c $(srcdir)/test_cases/$$t.h $$t.h >> $$t.failed; \ + if [ $$? -ne 0 ]; then echo Test case $$t failed; exit 1 ; fi ; \ + $(RM) -f $$t.c $$t.h $$t.failed; \ + echo "Test case $$t succeeded" ; \ + done + +clean:: + $(RM) -f compile_et libcom_err.a libcom_err_p.a com_err.info + $(RM) -f $(OBJS) profiled/* + $(RM) -f *~ \#* *.bak *.otl *.aux *.toc *.PS *.dvi *.ps TAGS *.ln \ + *.html *.cp *.fn *.fns *.ky *.log *.pc *.pg *.toc *.tp *.vr \ + *.pdf + $(RM) -f ../libcom_err.a ../libcom_err_p.a + +mostlyclean:: clean +distclean:: clean + $(RM) -f .depend Makefile com_err.pc \ + $(srcdir)/TAGS $(srcdir)/Makefile.in.old + +$(OBJS): subdirs + +# +++ Dependency line eater +++ +# +# Makefile dependencies follow. This must be the last section in +# the Makefile.in file +# +error_message.o: $(srcdir)/error_message.c $(top_builddir)/lib/config.h \ + $(top_builddir)/lib/dirpaths.h $(srcdir)/com_err.h $(srcdir)/error_table.h \ + $(srcdir)/internal.h +et_name.o: $(srcdir)/et_name.c $(top_builddir)/lib/config.h \ + $(top_builddir)/lib/dirpaths.h $(srcdir)/com_err.h $(srcdir)/error_table.h \ + $(srcdir)/internal.h +init_et.o: $(srcdir)/init_et.c $(top_builddir)/lib/config.h \ + $(top_builddir)/lib/dirpaths.h $(srcdir)/com_err.h $(srcdir)/error_table.h +com_err.o: $(srcdir)/com_err.c $(top_builddir)/lib/config.h \ + $(top_builddir)/lib/dirpaths.h $(srcdir)/com_err.h $(srcdir)/error_table.h \ + $(srcdir)/internal.h +com_right.o: $(srcdir)/com_right.c $(top_builddir)/lib/config.h \ + $(top_builddir)/lib/dirpaths.h $(srcdir)/com_err.h $(srcdir)/error_table.h diff --git a/lib/et/com_err.3 b/lib/et/com_err.3 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5a25f09 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/et/com_err.3 @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1988 Massachusetts Institute of Technology, +.\" Student Information Processing Board. +.\" +.TH COM_ERR 3 "22 Nov 1988" SIPB +.SH NAME +com_err \- common error display routine +.SH SYNOPSIS +.nf + #include <et/com_err.h> +void (*\fIproc\fR) (const char *, long, const char *, va_list); +.PP +void com_err (const char *whoami, long code, const char *format, ...); +.PP +proc = set_com_err_hook (proc); +.PP +proc = reset_com_err_hook (); +.PP +void initialize_XXXX_error_table (); +.fi +.SH DESCRIPTION +.I Com_err +displays an error message on the standard error stream +.I stderr +(see +.IR stdio (3S)) +composed of the +.I whoami +string, which should specify the program name or some subportion of +a program, followed by an error message generated from the +.I code +value (derived from +.IR compile_et (1)), +and a string produced using the +.I format +string and any following arguments, in the same style as +.IR fprintf (3). + +The behavior of +.I com_err +can be modified using +.I set_com_err_hook; +this defines a procedure which is called with the arguments passed to +.I com_err, +instead of the default internal procedure which sends the formatted +text to error output. Thus the error messages from a program can all +easily be diverted to another form of diagnostic logging, such as +.IR syslog (3). +.I Reset_com_err_hook +may be used to restore the behavior of +.I com_err +to its default form. Both procedures return the previous ``hook'' +value. These ``hook'' procedures must have the declaration given for +.I proc +above in the synopsis. + +The +.I initialize_XXXX_error_table +routine is generated mechanically by +.IR compile_et (1) +from a source file containing names and associated strings. Each +table has a name of up to four characters, which is used in place of +the +.B XXXX +in the name of the routine. These routines should be called before +any of the corresponding error codes are used, so that the +.I com_err +library will recognize error codes from these tables when they are +used. + +The +.B com_err.h +header file should be included in any source file that uses routines +from the +.I com_err +library; executable files must be linked using +.I ``-lcom_err'' +in order to cause the +.I com_err +library to be included. + +.\" .IR for manual entries +.\" .PP for paragraph breaks + +.SH "SEE ALSO" +compile_et (1), syslog (3). + +Ken Raeburn, "A Common Error Description Library for UNIX". diff --git a/lib/et/com_err.c b/lib/et/com_err.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7294c6d --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/et/com_err.c @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1987, 1988 by MIT Student Information Processing Board. + * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and + * its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted, provided that + * the names of M.I.T. and the M.I.T. S.I.P.B. not be used in + * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software + * without specific, written prior permission. M.I.T. and the + * M.I.T. S.I.P.B. make no representations about the suitability of + * this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without + * express or implied warranty. + */ + +#include "config.h" +#include <stdio.h> +#ifdef HAVE_TERMIOS_H +#include <termios.h> +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H +#include <unistd.h> +#endif +#include "com_err.h" +#include "error_table.h" +#include "internal.h" + +static void +default_com_err_proc (const char *whoami, errcode_t code, const + char *fmt, va_list args) + COM_ERR_ATTR((format(printf, 3, 0))); + +static void +default_com_err_proc (const char *whoami, errcode_t code, const + char *fmt, va_list args) +{ + int do_cr = 1, fd = fileno(stderr); + + if (whoami) { + fputs(whoami, stderr); + fputs(": ", stderr); + } + if (code) { + fputs(error_message(code), stderr); + fputs(" ", stderr); + } + if (fmt) { + vfprintf (stderr, fmt, args); + } + if (!isatty(fd)) + do_cr = 0; +#ifdef HAVE_TERMIOS_H + else { + struct termios t; + + if ((tcgetattr(fd, &t)) == 0 && + (t.c_oflag & OPOST) && (t.c_oflag & ONLCR)) + do_cr = 0; + } +#endif + if (do_cr) + fputc('\r', stderr); + fputc('\n', stderr); + fflush(stderr); +} + +typedef void (*errf) (const char *, errcode_t, const char *, va_list) + COM_ERR_ATTR((format(printf, 3, 0))); + +errf com_err_hook = default_com_err_proc; + +void com_err_va (const char *whoami, errcode_t code, const char *fmt, + va_list args) +{ + (*com_err_hook) (whoami, code, fmt, args); +} + +void com_err (const char *whoami, + errcode_t code, + const char *fmt, ...) +{ + va_list pvar; + + if (!com_err_hook) + com_err_hook = default_com_err_proc; + va_start(pvar, fmt); + com_err_va (whoami, code, fmt, pvar); + va_end(pvar); +} + +errf set_com_err_hook(errf new_proc) +{ + errf x = com_err_hook; + + if (new_proc) + com_err_hook = new_proc; + else + com_err_hook = default_com_err_proc; + + return x; +} + +errf reset_com_err_hook(void) { + errf x = com_err_hook; + com_err_hook = default_com_err_proc; + return x; +} diff --git a/lib/et/com_err.h b/lib/et/com_err.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..27a36ea --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/et/com_err.h @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +/* + * Header file for common error description library. + * + * Copyright 1988, Student Information Processing Board of the + * Massachusetts Institute of Technology. + * + * For copyright and distribution info, see the documentation supplied + * with this package. + */ + +#if !defined(__COM_ERR_H) && !defined(__COM_ERR_H__) + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +#define COM_ERR_ATTR(x) __attribute__(x) +#else +#define COM_ERR_ATTR(x) +#endif + +#include <stddef.h> +#include <stdarg.h> + +typedef long errcode_t; + +struct error_table { + char const * const * msgs; + long base; + int n_msgs; +}; +struct et_list; + +extern void com_err (const char *, long, const char *, ...) + COM_ERR_ATTR((format(printf, 3, 4))); + +extern void com_err_va (const char *whoami, errcode_t code, const char *fmt, + va_list args) + COM_ERR_ATTR((format(printf, 3, 0))); + +extern char const *error_message (long); +extern void (*com_err_hook) (const char *, long, const char *, va_list); +extern void (*set_com_err_hook (void (*) (const char *, long, + const char *, va_list))) + (const char *, long, const char *, va_list); +extern void (*reset_com_err_hook (void)) (const char *, long, + const char *, va_list); +extern int init_error_table(const char * const *msgs, long base, int count); +extern char *(*set_com_err_gettext (char *(*) (const char *))) + (const char *); + +extern errcode_t add_error_table(const struct error_table * et); +extern errcode_t remove_error_table(const struct error_table * et); +extern void add_to_error_table(struct et_list *new_table); + +/* Provided for Heimdall compatibility */ +extern const char *com_right(struct et_list *list, long code); +extern const char *com_right_r(struct et_list *list, long code, char *str, size_t len); +extern void initialize_error_table_r(struct et_list **list, + const char **messages, + int num_errors, + long base); +extern void free_error_table(struct et_list *et); + +/* Provided for compatibility with other com_err libraries */ +extern int et_list_lock(void); +extern int et_list_unlock(void); + +#define __COM_ERR_H +#define __COM_ERR_H__ +#endif /* !defined(__COM_ERR_H) && !defined(__COM_ERR_H__)*/ diff --git a/lib/et/com_err.pc.in b/lib/et/com_err.pc.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000..86df8a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/et/com_err.pc.in @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +prefix=@prefix@ +exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@ +libdir=@libdir@ +includedir=@includedir@ + +Name: com_err +Description: Common error description library +Version: @E2FSPROGS_VERSION@ +Requires: +Cflags: -I${includedir}/et -I${includedir} +Libs: -L${libdir} -lcom_err +Libs.private: @SEM_INIT_LIB@ diff --git a/lib/et/com_err.texinfo b/lib/et/com_err.texinfo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3e7ae32 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/et/com_err.texinfo @@ -0,0 +1,532 @@ +\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*- + +@c $Header$ +@c $Source$ +@c $Locker$ + +@c Note that although this source file is in texinfo format (more +@c or less), it is not yet suitable for turning into an ``info'' +@c file. Sorry, maybe next time. +@c +@c In order to produce hardcopy documentation from a texinfo file, +@c run ``tex com_err.texinfo'' which will load in texinfo.tex, +@c provided in this distribution. (texinfo.tex is from the Free +@c Software Foundation, and is under different copyright restrictions +@c from the rest of this package.) + +@setfilename com_err.info +@settitle A Common Error Description Library for UNIX + +@ifinfo +@dircategory Development +@direntry +* Com_err: (com_err). A Common Error Description Library for UNIX. +@end direntry +@end ifinfo + +@c smallbook + +@iftex +@finalout +@end iftex + +@ifinfo +This file documents the use of the Common Error Description library. + +Copyright (C) 1987, 1988 Student Information Processing Board of the +Massachusetts Institute of Technology. + +Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its +documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided +that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that +copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting +documentation, and that the names of M.I.T. and the M.I.T. S.I.P.B. not be +used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software +without specific, written prior permission. M.I.T. and the M.I.T. S.I.P.B. +make no representations about the suitability of this software for any +purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty. + +Note that the file texinfo.tex, provided with this distribution, is from +the Free Software Foundation, and is under different copyright restrictions +from the remainder of this package. + +@ignore +Permission is granted to process this file through Tex and print the +results, provided the printed document carries copying permission +notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph +(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual). + +@end ignore +@end ifinfo + +@setchapternewpage odd + +@titlepage +@center @titlefont{A Common Error Description} +@center @titlefont{Library for UNIX} +@sp 2 +@center Ken Raeburn +@center Bill Sommerfeld +@sp 1 +@center MIT Student Information Processing Board +@sp 3 +@center last updated 1 January 1989 +@center for version 1.2 +@center ***DRAFT COPY ONLY*** + +@vskip 2in + +@center @b{Abstract} + +UNIX has always had a clean and simple system call interface, with a +standard set of error codes passed between the kernel and user +programs. Unfortunately, the same cannot be said of many of the +libraries layered on top of the primitives provided by the kernel. +Typically, each one has used a different style of indicating errors to +their callers, leading to a total hodgepodge of error handling, and +considerable amounts of work for the programmer. This paper describes +a library and associated utilities which allows a more uniform way for +libraries to return errors to their callers, and for programs to +describe errors and exceptional conditions to their users. + +@page +@vskip 0pt plus 1filll + +Copyright @copyright{} 1987, 1988 by the Student Information Processing +Board of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. + +Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its +documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided +that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that +copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting +documentation, and that the names of M.I.T. and the M.I.T. S.I.P.B. not be +used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software +without specific, written prior permission. M.I.T. and the M.I.T. S.I.P.B. +make no representations about the suitability of this software for any +purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty. + +Note that the file texinfo.tex, provided with this distribution, is from +the Free Software Foundation, and is under different copyright restrictions +from the remainder of this package. + +@end titlepage + +@node Top, Why com_err?, (dir), (dir) + +@top A Common Error Description Library for UNIX + +This manual documents the com_err library. + +@menu +* Why com_err?:: +* Error codes:: +* Error table source file:: +* The error-table compiler:: +* Run-time support routines:: +* Coding Conventions:: +* Building and Installation:: +* Bug Reports:: +* Acknowledgements:: +@end menu + +@page + +@node Why com_err?, Error codes, Top, Top +@chapter Why com_err? + +In building application software packages, a programmer often has to +deal with a number of libraries, each of which can use a different +error-reporting mechanism. Sometimes one of two values is returned, +indicating simply SUCCESS or FAILURE, with no description of errors +encountered. Sometimes it is an index into a table of text strings, +where the name of the table used is dependent on the library being +used when the error is generated; since each table starts numbering at +0 or 1, additional information as to the source of the error code is +needed to determine which table to look at. Sometimes no text messages are +supplied at all, and the programmer must supply them at any point at which +he may wish to report error conditions. +Often, a global variable is assigned some value describing the error, but +the programmer has to know in each case whether to look at @code{errno}, +@code{h_errno}, the return value from @code{hes_err()}, or whatever other +variables or routines are specified. +And what happens if something +in the procedure of +examining or reporting the error changes the same variable? + +The package we have developed is an attempt to present a common +error-handling mechanism to manipulate the most common form of error code +in a fashion that does not have the problems listed above. + +A list of up to 256 text messages is supplied to a translator we have +written, along with the three- to four-character ``name'' of the error +table. The library using this error table need only call a routine +generated from this error-table source to make the table ``known'' to the +com_err library, and any error code the library generates can be converted +to the corresponding error message. There is also a default format for +error codes accidentally returned before making the table known, which is +of the form @samp{unknown code foo 32}, where @samp{foo} would be the name +of the table. + +@node Error codes, Error table source file, Why com_err?, Top +@chapter Error codes + +Error codes themselves are 32 bit (signed) integers, of which the high +order 24 bits are an identifier of which error table the error code is +from, and the low order 8 bits are a sequential error number within +the table. An error code may thus be easily decomposed into its component +parts. Only the lowest 32 bits of an error code are considered significant +on systems which support wider values. + +Error table 0 is defined to match the UNIX system call error table +(@code{sys_errlist}); this allows @code{errno} values to be used directly +in the library (assuming that @code{errno} is of a type with the same width +as @t{long}). Other error table numbers are formed by compacting together +the first four characters of the error table name. The mapping between +characters in the name and numeric values in the error code are defined in +a system-independent fashion, so that two systems that can pass integral +values between them can reliably pass error codes without loss of meaning; +this should work even if the character sets used are not the same. +(However, if this is to be done, error table 0 should be avoided, since the +local system call error tables may differ.) + +Any variable which is to contain an error code should be declared @t{long}. +The draft proposed American National Standard for C (as of May, 1988) +requires that @t{long} variables be at least 32 bits; any system which does +not support 32-bit @t{long} values cannot make use of this package (nor +much other software that assumes an ANSI-C environment base) without +significant effort. + +@node Error table source file, The error-table compiler, Error codes, Top +@chapter Error table source file + +The error table source file begins with the declaration of the table name, +as + +@example +error_table @var{tablename} +@end example + +Individual error codes are +specified with + +@example +error_code @var{ERROR_NAME}, @var{"text message"} +@end example + +where @samp{ec} can also be used as a short form of @samp{error_code}. To +indicate the end of the table, use @samp{end}. Thus, a (short) sample +error table might be: + +@example + + error_table dsc + + error_code DSC_DUP_MTG_NAME, + "Meeting already exists" + + ec DSC_BAD_PATH, + "A bad meeting pathname was given" + + ec DSC_BAD_MODES, + "Invalid mode for this access control list" + + end + +@end example + +@node The error-table compiler, Run-time support routines, Error table source file, Top +@chapter The error-table compiler + +The error table compiler is named @code{compile_et}. It takes one +argument, the pathname of a file (ending in @samp{.et}, e.g., +@samp{dsc_err.et}) containing an error table source file. It parses the +error table, and generates two output files -- a C header file +(@samp{discuss_err.h}) which contains definitions of the numerical values +of the error codes defined in the error table, and a C source file which +should be compiled and linked with the executable. The header file must be +included in the source of a module which wishes to reference the error +codes defined; the object module generated from the C code may be linked in +to a program which wishes to use the printed forms of the error codes. + +@node Run-time support routines, Coding Conventions, The error-table compiler, Top +@chapter Run-time support routines + +Any source file which uses the routines supplied with or produced by the +com_err package should include the header file @file{<com_err.h>}. It +contains declarations and definitions which may be needed on some systems. +(Some functions cannot be referenced properly without the return type +declarations in this file. Some functions may work properly on most +architectures even without the header file, but relying on this is not +recommended.) + +The run-time support routines and variables provided via this package +include the following: + +@example +void initialize_@var{xxxx}_error_table (void); +@end example + +One of these routines is built by the error compiler for each error table. +It makes the @var{xxxx} error table ``known'' to the error reporting +system. By convention, this routine should be called in the initialization +routine of the @var{xxxx} library. If the library has no initialization +routine, some combination of routines which form the core of the library +should ensure that this routine is called. It is not advised to leave it +the caller to make this call. + +There is no harm in calling this routine more than once. + +@example +#define ERROR_TABLE_BASE_@var{xxxx} @var{nnnnn}L +@end example + +This symbol contains the value of the first error code entry in the +specified table. +This rarely needs be used by the +programmer. + +@deftypefun const char *error_message (long @var{code}); + +This routine returns the character string error message associated +with @code{code}; if this is associated with an unknown error table, or +if the code is associated with a known error table but the code is not +in the table, a string of the form @samp{Unknown code @var{xxxx nn}} is +returned, where @var{xxxx} is the error table name produced by +reversing the compaction performed on the error table number implied +by that error code, and @var{nn} is the offset from that base value. + +Although this routine is available for use when needed, its use should be +left to circumstances which render @code{com_err} (below) unusable. + +@end deftypefun + +@deftypefun void com_err (const char *@var{whoami}, long @var{error_code}, const char *@var{format}, ...); + +This routine provides an alternate way to print error messages to +standard error; it allows the error message to be passed in as a +parameter, rather than in an external variable. @emph{Provide grammatical +context for ``message.''} + +The module reporting the error should be passed in via @var{whoami}. +If @var{format} is @code{(char *)NULL}, the formatted message will not be +printed. @var{format} may not be omitted. + +@end deftypefun + +@deftypefun void com_err_va (const char *@var{whoami}, long @var{error_code}, const char *@var{format}, va_list @var{args}); + +This routine provides an interface, equivalent to @code{com_err} above, +which may be used by higher-level variadic functions (functions which +accept variable numbers of arguments). + +@end deftypefun + +@deftypefun void *set_com_err_hook (void (*@var{proc}) (const char *@var{whoami}, long @var{error_code}, va_list @var{args}) (const char *@var{whoami}, long @var{error_code}, va_list @var{args})); + +@deftypefunx void reset_com_err_hook (); + +These two routines allow a routine to be dynamically substituted for +@samp{com_err}. After @samp{set_com_err_hook} has been called, +calls to @samp{com_err} will turn into calls to the new hook routine. +@samp{reset_com_err_hook} turns off this hook. This may intended to +be used in daemons (to use a routine which calls @cite{syslog(3)}), or +in a window system application (which could pop up a dialogue box). + +If a program is to be used in an environment in which simply printing +messages to the @code{stderr} stream would be inappropriate (such as in a +daemon program which runs without a terminal attached), +@code{set_com_err_hook} may be used to redirect output from @code{com_err}. +The following is an example of an error handler which uses @cite{syslog(3)} +as supplied in BSD 4.3: + +@example +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdarg.h> +#include <syslog.h> + +/* extern openlog (const char * name, int logopt, int facility); */ +/* extern syslog (int priority, char * message, ...); */ + +void hook (const char * whoami, long code, + const char * format, va_list args) +@{ + char buffer[BUFSIZ]; + static int initialized = 0; + if (!initialized) @{ + openlog (whoami, + LOG_NOWAIT|LOG_CONS|LOG_PID|LOG_NDELAY, + LOG_DAEMON); + initialized = 1; + @} + vsprintf (buffer, format, args); + syslog (LOG_ERR, "%s %s", error_message (code), buffer); +@} +@end example + +After making the call +@code{set_com_err_hook (hook);}, +any calls to @code{com_err} will result in messages being sent to the +@var{syslogd} daemon for logging. +The name of the program, @samp{whoami}, is supplied to the +@samp{openlog()} call, and the message is formatted into a buffer and +passed to @code{syslog}. + +Note that since the extra arguments to @code{com_err} are passed by +reference via the @code{va_list} value @code{args}, the hook routine may +place any form of interpretation on them, including ignoring them. For +consistency, @code{printf}-style interpretation is suggested, via +@code{vsprintf} (or @code{_doprnt} on BSD systems without full support for +the ANSI C library). + +@end deftypefun + +@node Coding Conventions, Building and Installation, Run-time support routines, Top +@chapter Coding Conventions + +The following conventions are just some general stylistic conventions +to follow when writing robust libraries and programs. Conventions +similar to this are generally followed inside the UNIX kernel and most +routines in the Multics operating system. In general, a routine +either succeeds (returning a zero error code, and doing some side +effects in the process), or it fails, doing minimal side effects; in +any event, any invariant which the library assumes must be maintained. + +In general, it is not in the domain of non user-interface library +routines to write error messages to the user's terminal, or halt the +process. Such forms of ``error handling'' should be reserved for +failures of internal invariants and consistency checks only, as it +provides the user of the library no way to clean up for himself in the +event of total failure. + +Library routines which can fail should be set up to return an error +code. This should usually be done as the return value of the +function; if this is not acceptable, the routine should return a +``null'' value, and put the error code into a parameter passed by +reference. + +Routines which use the first style of interface can be used from +user-interface levels of a program as follows: + +@example +@{ + if ((code = initialize_world(getuid(), random())) != 0) @{ + com_err("demo", code, + "when trying to initialize world"); + exit(1); + @} + if ((database = open_database("my_secrets", &code))==NULL) @{ + com_err("demo", code, + "while opening my_secrets"); + exit(1); + @} +@} +@end example + +A caller which fails to check the return status is in error. It is +possible to look for code which ignores error returns by using lint; +look for error messages of the form ``foobar returns value which is +sometimes ignored'' or ``foobar returns value which is always +ignored.'' + +Since libraries may be built out of other libraries, it is often necessary +for the success of one routine to depend on another. When a lower level +routine returns an error code, the middle level routine has a few possible +options. It can simply return the error code to its caller after doing +some form of cleanup, it can substitute one of its own, or it can take +corrective action of its own and continue normally. For instance, a +library routine which makes a ``connect'' system call to make a network +connection may reflect the system error code @code{ECONNREFUSED} +(Connection refused) to its caller, or it may return a ``server not +available, try again later,'' or it may try a different server. + +Cleanup which is typically necessary may include, but not be limited +to, freeing allocated memory which will not be needed any more, +unlocking concurrency locks, dropping reference counts, closing file +descriptors, or otherwise undoing anything which the procedure did up +to this point. When there are a lot of things which can go wrong, it +is generally good to write one block of error-handling code which is +branched to, using a goto, in the event of failure. A common source +of errors in UNIX programs is failing to close file descriptors on +error returns; this leaves a number of ``zombied'' file descriptors +open, which eventually causes the process to run out of file +descriptors and fall over. + +@example +@{ + FILE *f1=NULL, *f2=NULL, *f3=NULL; + int status = 0; + + if ( (f1 = fopen(FILE1, "r")) == NULL) @{ + status = errno; + goto error; + @} + + /* + * Crunch for a while + */ + + if ( (f2 = fopen(FILE2, "w")) == NULL) @{ + status = errno; + goto error; + @} + + if ( (f3 = fopen(FILE3, "a+")) == NULL) @{ + status = errno; + goto error; + @} + + /* + * Do more processing. + */ + fclose(f1); + fclose(f2); + fclose(f3); + return 0; + +error: + if (f1) fclose(f1); + if (f2) fclose(f2); + if (f3) fclose(f3); + return status; +@} +@end example + +@node Building and Installation, Bug Reports, Coding Conventions, Top +@chapter Building and Installation + +The distribution of this package will probably be done as a compressed +``tar''-format file available via anonymous FTP from SIPB.MIT.EDU. +Retrieve @samp{pub/com_err.tar.Z} and extract the contents. A subdirectory +@t{profiled} should be created to hold objects compiled for profiling. +Running ``make all'' should then be sufficient to build the library and +error-table compiler. The files @samp{libcom_err.a}, +@samp{libcom_err_p.a}, @samp{com_err.h}, and @samp{compile_et} should be +installed for use; @samp{com_err.3} and @samp{compile_et.1} can also be +installed as manual pages. + +@node Bug Reports, Acknowledgements, Building and Installation, Top +@chapter Bug Reports + +The principal author of this library is: Ken +Raeburn, @t{raeburn@@MIT.EDU}. + +This version of the com_err library is being maintained by Theodore +Ts'o, and so bugs and comments should be sent to @t{tytso@@thunk.org}. + + +@node Acknowledgements, , Bug Reports, Top +@chapter Acknowledgements + +I would like to thank: Bill Sommerfeld, for his help with some of this +documentation, and catching some of the bugs the first time around; +Honeywell Information Systems, for not killing off the @emph{Multics} +operating system before I had an opportunity to use it; Honeywell's +customers, who persuaded them not to do so, for a while; Ted Anderson of +CMU, for catching some problems before version 1.2 left the nest; Stan +Zanarotti and several others of MIT's Student Information Processing Board, +for getting us started with ``discuss,'' for which this package was +originally written; and everyone I've talked into --- I mean, asked to read +this document and the ``man'' pages. + +@contents +@bye diff --git a/lib/et/com_right.c b/lib/et/com_right.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a4ed535 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/et/com_right.c @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +/* + * com_right.c -- provide Heimdall / Kerberos4kth com_err interfaces + * for backwards compatibility + * + * Copyright (c) 2003 by Theodore Ts'o + * + * Taken from lib/com_err/error.c from Kerberos4kth distribution. + * + * Copyright (c) 1997, 1998, 2001 Kungliga Tekniska Högskolan + * (Royal Institute of Technology, Stockholm, Sweden). + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * + * 3. Neither the name of the Institute nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE INSTITUTE AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE + * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE INSTITUTE OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS + * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) + * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT + * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY + * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF + * SUCH DAMAGE. + */ + +#include "config.h" +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include "com_err.h" +#include "error_table.h" + +const char * +com_right(struct et_list *list, long code) +{ + struct et_list *p; + for (p = list; p; p = p->next) { + if (code >= p->table->base && code < p->table->base + p->table->n_msgs) + return p->table->msgs[code - p->table->base]; + } + return NULL; +} + +const char * +com_right_r(struct et_list *list, long code, char *str, size_t len) +{ + struct et_list *p; + for (p = list; p; p = p->next) { + if ((code >= p->table->base) && + (code < p->table->base + p->table->n_msgs)) { + strncpy(str, p->table->msgs[code - p->table->base], len); + str[len-1] = '\0'; + return str; + } + } + return NULL; +} + +struct foobar { + struct et_list etl; + struct error_table tab; +}; + +/* + * We provide this routine for compatibility with Heimdall generated + * foo_err.c files, but we don't use this ourselves for foo_err.c + * files generated by our compile_et. This is so our foo_err.c + * files can be used with older com_err libraries without running + * afoul of dependencies. + */ +void +initialize_error_table_r(struct et_list **list, + const char **messages, + int num_errors, + long base) +{ + struct et_list *et, **end; + struct error_table *tab; + struct foobar *f; + + for (end = list, et = *list; et; end = &et->next, et = et->next) + if (et->table->msgs == messages) + return; + f = malloc(sizeof(*f)); + if (f == NULL) + return; + et = &f->etl; + et->table = tab = &f->tab; + tab->msgs = messages; + tab->n_msgs = num_errors; + tab->base = base; + et->next = NULL; + *end = et; +} + + +void +free_error_table(struct et_list *et) +{ + while(et){ + struct et_list *p = et; + et = et->next; + free(p); + } +} diff --git a/lib/et/compile_et.1 b/lib/et/compile_et.1 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7219441 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/et/compile_et.1 @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +.\" Copyright (c) 1988 Massachusetts Institute of Technology, +.\" Student Information Processing Board. All rights reserved. +.\" +.\" $Header$ +.\" +.TH COMPILE_ET 1 "30 Mar 1998" SIPB +.SH NAME +compile_et \- error table compiler +.SH SYNOPSIS +.B compile_et +file +.SH DESCRIPTION +.B Compile_et +converts a table listing error-code names and associated messages into +a C source file suitable for use with the +.IR com_err (3) +library. + +The source file name must end with a suffix of ``.et''; the file +consists of a declaration supplying the name (up to four characters +long) of the error-code table: + +.B error_table +.I name + +followed by up to 256 entries of the form: + +.B error_code +.I name, +" +.I string +" + +and a final + +.B end + +to indicate the end of the table. + +The name of the table is used to construct the name of a subroutine +.I initialize_XXXX_error_table +which must be called in order for the +.I com_err +library to recognize the error table. + +The various error codes defined are assigned sequentially increasing +numbers (starting with a large number computed as a hash function of +the name of the table); thus for compatibility it is suggested that +new codes be added only to the end of an existing table, and that no +codes be removed from tables. + +The names defined in the table are placed into a C header file with +preprocessor directives defining them as integer constants of up to +32 bits in magnitude. + +A C source file is also generated which should be compiled and linked +with the object files which reference these error codes; it contains +the text of the messages and the initialization subroutine. Both C +files have names derived from that of the original source file, with +the ``.et'' suffix replaced by ``.c'' and ``.h''. + +A ``#'' in the source file is treated as a comment character, and all +remaining text to the end of the source line will be ignored. + +.SH BUGS + +Since the original +.B compile_et +uses a very simple parser based on +.IR yacc (1), +and this current version of +.B compile_et +uses an awk/sed combination of scripts, +its error recovery leaves much to be desired. + +.\" .IR for manual entries +.\" .PP for paragraph breaks + +.SH "SEE ALSO" +com_err (3). + +Ken Raeburn, "A Common Error Description Library for UNIX". diff --git a/lib/et/compile_et.sh.in b/lib/et/compile_et.sh.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3cba7c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/et/compile_et.sh.in @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# +# + +AWK=@AWK@ +DIR=@datadir@/et + +if test "$1" = "--build-tree" ; then + shift; + DIR="$ET_DIR" +fi + +if test "x$1" = x ; then + echo "Usage: compile_et file" + exit 1 +fi + +for as_var in \ + LANG LANGUAGE LC_ADDRESS LC_ALL LC_COLLATE LC_CTYPE LC_IDENTIFICATION \ + LC_MEASUREMENT LC_MESSAGES LC_MONETARY LC_NAME LC_NUMERIC LC_PAPER \ + LC_TELEPHONE LC_TIME +do + if (set +x; test -z "`(eval $as_var=C; export $as_var) 2>&1`"); then + eval $as_var=C; export $as_var + else + $as_unset $as_var + fi +done + +if test -n "$_ET_DIR_OVERRIDE" ; then + DIR="$_ET_DIR_OVERRIDE"; +fi + +if test ! -f "$DIR/et_h.awk" || test ! -f "$DIR/et_c.awk" ; then + echo "compile_et: Couldn't find compile_et's template files." + exit 1 +fi + +ROOT=`echo $1 | sed -e s/.et$//` +BASE=`basename $ROOT` + +if test ! -f "$ROOT.et" ; then + echo "compile_et: $ROOT.et: File not found" + exit 1; +fi + +$AWK -f "${DIR}/et_h.awk" "outfile=${BASE}.h.$$" "outfn=${BASE}.h" "$ROOT.et" +if test -f ${BASE}.h && cmp -s ${BASE}.h.$$ ${BASE}.h ; then + rm -f ${BASE}.h.$$ +else + mv -f ${BASE}.h.$$ ${BASE}.h + chmod a-w ${BASE}.h +fi +$AWK -f "${DIR}/et_c.awk" "outfile=${BASE}.c.$$" "outfn=${BASE}.c" "$ROOT.et" +if test -f ${BASE}.c && cmp -s ${BASE}.c.$$ ${BASE}.c ; then + rm -f ${BASE}.c.$$ +else + mv -f ${BASE}.c.$$ ${BASE}.c + chmod a-w ${BASE}.c +fi diff --git a/lib/et/error_message.c b/lib/et/error_message.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8b9474f --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/et/error_message.c @@ -0,0 +1,355 @@ +/* + * $Header$ + * $Source$ + * $Locker$ + * + * Copyright 1987 by the Student Information Processing Board + * of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology + * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and + * its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted, provided that + * the names of M.I.T. and the M.I.T. S.I.P.B. not be used in + * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software + * without specific, written prior permission. M.I.T. and the + * M.I.T. S.I.P.B. make no representations about the suitability of + * this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without + * express or implied warranty. + */ + +#include "config.h" +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <errno.h> +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_PRCTL_H +#include <sys/prctl.h> +#else +#define PR_GET_DUMPABLE 3 +#endif +#if (!defined(HAVE_PRCTL) && defined(linux)) +#include <sys/syscall.h> +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_SEMAPHORE_H +#include <semaphore.h> +#endif +#if HAVE_UNISTD_H +#include <unistd.h> +#endif +#if HAVE_FCNTL +#include <fcntl.h> +#endif +#if HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H +#include <sys/types.h> +#endif +#include "com_err.h" +#include "error_table.h" +#include "internal.h" + +#ifdef TLS +#define THREAD_LOCAL static TLS +#else +#define THREAD_LOCAL static +#endif + +THREAD_LOCAL char buffer[25]; + +struct et_list * _et_list = (struct et_list *) NULL; +struct et_list * _et_dynamic_list = (struct et_list *) NULL; + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +#define COMERR_ATTR(x) __attribute__(x) +#else +#define COMERR_ATTR(x) +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_SEM_INIT +static sem_t _et_lock; +static int _et_lock_initialized; + +static void COMERR_ATTR((constructor)) setup_et_lock(void) +{ + sem_init(&_et_lock, 0, 1); + _et_lock_initialized = 1; +} + +static void COMERR_ATTR((destructor)) fini_et_lock(void) +{ + sem_destroy(&_et_lock); + _et_lock_initialized = 0; +} +#endif + + +int et_list_lock(void) +{ +#ifdef HAVE_SEM_INIT + if (!_et_lock_initialized) + setup_et_lock(); + return sem_wait(&_et_lock); +#else + return 0; +#endif +} + +int et_list_unlock(void) +{ +#ifdef HAVE_SEM_INIT + if (_et_lock_initialized) + return sem_post(&_et_lock); +#endif + return 0; +} + +typedef char *(*gettextf) (const char *); + +static gettextf com_err_gettext = NULL; + +gettextf set_com_err_gettext(gettextf new_proc) +{ + gettextf x = com_err_gettext; + + com_err_gettext = new_proc; + + return x; +} + +#ifdef __GNU__ +#define SYS_ERR_BASE 0x40000000 +#else +#define SYS_ERR_BASE 0 +#endif + +const char * error_message (errcode_t code) +{ + int offset; + struct et_list *et; + errcode_t table_num; + int started = 0; + char *cp; + + offset = (int) (code & ((1<<ERRCODE_RANGE)-1)); + table_num = code - offset; + if (table_num == SYS_ERR_BASE) { +#ifdef HAS_SYS_ERRLIST + if (code < sys_nerr) + return(sys_errlist[code]); + else + goto oops; +#else + cp = strerror(code); + if (cp) + return(cp); + else + goto oops; +#endif + } + et_list_lock(); + for (et = _et_list; et; et = et->next) { + if ((et->table->base & 0xffffffL) == (table_num & 0xffffffL)) { + /* This is the right table */ + if (et->table->n_msgs <= offset) { + break; + } else { + const char *msg = et->table->msgs[offset]; + et_list_unlock(); + if (com_err_gettext) + return (*com_err_gettext)(msg); + else + return msg; + } + } + } + for (et = _et_dynamic_list; et; et = et->next) { + if ((et->table->base & 0xffffffL) == (table_num & 0xffffffL)) { + /* This is the right table */ + if (et->table->n_msgs <= offset) { + break; + } else { + const char *msg = et->table->msgs[offset]; + et_list_unlock(); + if (com_err_gettext) + return (*com_err_gettext)(msg); + else + return msg; + } + } + } + et_list_unlock(); +oops: + strcpy (buffer, "Unknown code "); + if (table_num) { + strcat (buffer, error_table_name (table_num)); + strcat (buffer, " "); + } + for (cp = buffer; *cp; cp++) + ; + if (offset >= 100) { + *cp++ = '0' + offset / 100; + offset %= 100; + started++; + } + if (started || offset >= 10) { + *cp++ = '0' + offset / 10; + offset %= 10; + } + *cp++ = '0' + offset; + *cp = '\0'; + return(buffer); +} + +/* + * This routine will only return a value if the we are not running as + * a privileged process. + */ +static char *safe_getenv(const char *arg) +{ +#if !defined(_WIN32) + if ((getuid() != geteuid()) || (getgid() != getegid())) + return NULL; +#endif +#if HAVE_PRCTL + if (prctl(PR_GET_DUMPABLE, 0, 0, 0, 0) == 0) + return NULL; +#else +#if (defined(linux) && defined(SYS_prctl)) + if (syscall(SYS_prctl, PR_GET_DUMPABLE, 0, 0, 0, 0) == 0) + return NULL; +#endif +#endif + +#if defined(HAVE_SECURE_GETENV) + return secure_getenv(arg); +#elif defined(HAVE___SECURE_GETENV) + return __secure_getenv(arg); +#else + return getenv(arg); +#endif +} + +#define DEBUG_INIT 0x8000 +#define DEBUG_ADDREMOVE 0x0001 + +static int debug_mask = 0; +static FILE *debug_f = 0; + +static void init_debug(void) +{ + char *dstr, *fn, *tmp; + + if (debug_mask & DEBUG_INIT) + return; + + dstr = getenv("COMERR_DEBUG"); + if (dstr) { + debug_mask = strtoul(dstr, &tmp, 0); + if (*tmp || errno) + debug_mask = 0; + } + + debug_mask |= DEBUG_INIT; + if (debug_mask == DEBUG_INIT) + return; + + fn = safe_getenv("COMERR_DEBUG_FILE"); + if (fn) + debug_f = fopen(fn, "a"); + if (!debug_f) + debug_f = fopen("/dev/tty", "a"); + if (debug_f) { +#ifdef HAVE_FCNTL + int fd = fileno(debug_f); + + if (fd >= 0) { + int flags = fcntl(fd, F_GETFD); + + if (flags >= 0) + flags = fcntl(fd, F_SETFD, flags | FD_CLOEXEC); + if (flags < 0) { + fprintf(debug_f, "Couldn't set FD_CLOEXEC " + "on debug FILE: %s\n", strerror(errno)); + fclose(debug_f); + debug_f = NULL; + debug_mask = DEBUG_INIT; + } + } +#endif + } else + debug_mask = DEBUG_INIT; +} + +/* + * New interface provided by krb5's com_err library + */ +errcode_t add_error_table(const struct error_table * et) +{ + struct et_list *el; + + if (!(el = (struct et_list *) malloc(sizeof(struct et_list)))) + return ENOMEM; + + if (et_list_lock() != 0) { + free(el); + return errno; + } + + el->table = et; + el->next = _et_dynamic_list; + _et_dynamic_list = el; + + init_debug(); + if (debug_mask & DEBUG_ADDREMOVE) + fprintf(debug_f, "add_error_table: %s (0x%p)\n", + error_table_name(et->base), + (const void *) et); + + et_list_unlock(); + return 0; +} + +/* + * New interface provided by krb5's com_err library + */ +errcode_t remove_error_table(const struct error_table * et) +{ + struct et_list *el; + struct et_list *el2 = 0; + + if (et_list_lock() != 0) + return ENOENT; + + el = _et_dynamic_list; + init_debug(); + while (el) { + if (el->table->base == et->base) { + if (el2) /* Not the beginning of the list */ + el2->next = el->next; + else + _et_dynamic_list = el->next; + (void) free(el); + if (debug_mask & DEBUG_ADDREMOVE) + fprintf(debug_f, + "remove_error_table: %s (0x%p)\n", + error_table_name(et->base), + (const void *) et); + et_list_unlock(); + return 0; + } + el2 = el; + el = el->next; + } + if (debug_mask & DEBUG_ADDREMOVE) + fprintf(debug_f, "remove_error_table FAILED: %s (0x%p)\n", + error_table_name(et->base), + (const void *) et); + et_list_unlock(); + return ENOENT; +} + +/* + * Variant of the interface provided by Heimdal's com_err library + */ +void +add_to_error_table(struct et_list *new_table) +{ + add_error_table(new_table->table); +} diff --git a/lib/et/error_table.h b/lib/et/error_table.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..24e4762 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/et/error_table.h @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1988 by the Student Information Processing Board of the + * Massachusetts Institute of Technology. + * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and + * its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted, provided that + * the names of M.I.T. and the M.I.T. S.I.P.B. not be used in + * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software + * without specific, written prior permission. M.I.T. and the + * M.I.T. S.I.P.B. make no representations about the suitability of + * this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without + * express or implied warranty. + */ + +#ifndef _ET_H + +struct et_list { + struct et_list *next; + const struct error_table *table; +}; +extern struct et_list *_et_list, *_et_dynamic_list; + +#define ERRCODE_RANGE 8 /* # of bits to shift table number */ +#define BITS_PER_CHAR 6 /* # bits to shift per character in name */ + +extern const char *error_table_name(errcode_t num); + +#define _ET_H +#endif diff --git a/lib/et/et_c.awk b/lib/et/et_c.awk new file mode 100644 index 0000000..99c33ba --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/et/et_c.awk @@ -0,0 +1,269 @@ +BEGIN { +if ( length(outfn) == 0) { + outfn = outfile +} +char_shift=64 +## "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789_"; +c2n["A"]=1 +c2n["B"]=2 +c2n["C"]=3 +c2n["D"]=4 +c2n["E"]=5 +c2n["F"]=6 +c2n["G"]=7 +c2n["H"]=8 +c2n["I"]=9 +c2n["J"]=10 +c2n["K"]=11 +c2n["L"]=12 +c2n["M"]=13 +c2n["N"]=14 +c2n["O"]=15 +c2n["P"]=16 +c2n["Q"]=17 +c2n["R"]=18 +c2n["S"]=19 +c2n["T"]=20 +c2n["U"]=21 +c2n["V"]=22 +c2n["W"]=23 +c2n["X"]=24 +c2n["Y"]=25 +c2n["Z"]=26 +c2n["a"]=27 +c2n["b"]=28 +c2n["c"]=29 +c2n["d"]=30 +c2n["e"]=31 +c2n["f"]=32 +c2n["g"]=33 +c2n["h"]=34 +c2n["i"]=35 +c2n["j"]=36 +c2n["k"]=37 +c2n["l"]=38 +c2n["m"]=39 +c2n["n"]=40 +c2n["o"]=41 +c2n["p"]=42 +c2n["q"]=43 +c2n["r"]=44 +c2n["s"]=45 +c2n["t"]=46 +c2n["u"]=47 +c2n["v"]=48 +c2n["w"]=49 +c2n["x"]=50 +c2n["y"]=51 +c2n["z"]=52 +c2n["0"]=53 +c2n["1"]=54 +c2n["2"]=55 +c2n["3"]=56 +c2n["4"]=57 +c2n["5"]=58 +c2n["6"]=59 +c2n["7"]=60 +c2n["8"]=61 +c2n["9"]=62 +c2n["_"]=63 +} +/^#/ { next } +/^[ \t]*(error_table|et)[ \t]+[a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z0-9_]+/ { + table_number = 0 + mod_base = 1000000 + if (NF > 2) { + table_name = $3 + base_name = $2 + } else { + table_name = $2 + base_name = table_name + } + for(i=1; i<=length(base_name); i++) { + table_number=(table_number*char_shift)+c2n[substr(base_name,i,1)] + } + + # We start playing *_high, *low games here because the some + # awk programs do not have the necessary precision (sigh) + tab_base_low = table_number % mod_base + if (tab_base_low < 0) { + # Work around stupid bug in the ARM libm + tab_base_low = tab_base_low + mod_base + } + tab_base_high = int(table_number / mod_base) + tab_base_sign = 1; + + # figure out: table_number_base=table_number*256 + tab_base_low = tab_base_low * 256 + tab_base_high = (tab_base_high * 256) + \ + int(tab_base_low / mod_base) + tab_base_low = tab_base_low % mod_base + if (tab_base_low < 0) { + # Work around stupid bug in the ARM libm + tab_base_low = tab_base_low + mod_base + } + + if (table_number > 128*256*256) { + # figure out: table_number_base -= 256*256*256*256 + # sub_high, sub_low is 256*256*256*256 + sub_low = 256*256*256 % mod_base + sub_high = int(256*256*256 / mod_base) + + sub_low = sub_low * 256 + sub_high = (sub_high * 256) + int(sub_low / mod_base) + sub_low = sub_low % mod_base + + tab_base_low = sub_low - tab_base_low; + tab_base_high = sub_high - tab_base_high; + tab_base_sign = -1; + if (tab_base_low < 0) { + tab_base_low = tab_base_low + mod_base + tab_base_high-- + } + } + print "/*" > outfile + print " * " outfn ":" > outfile + print " * This file is automatically generated; please do not edit it." > outfile + print " */" > outfile + + print "" > outfile + print "#include <stdlib.h>" > outfile + print "" > outfile + print "#define N_(a) a" > outfile + print "" > outfile + print "static const char * const text[] = {" > outfile + table_item_count = 0 +} + +(continuation == 1) && ($0 ~ /\\[ \t]*$/) { + text=substr($0,1,length($0)-1); +# printf "\t\t\"%s\"\n", text > outfile + cont_buf=cont_buf text; +} + +(continuation == 1) && ($0 ~ /"[ \t]*$/) { +# printf "\t\t\"%s,\n", $0 > outfile + printf "\tN_(%s),\n", cont_buf $0 > outfile + continuation = 0; +} + +/^[ \t]*(error_code|ec)[ \t]+[A-Z_0-9]+,[^ \t]/ { + # Be tolerant to missing whitespace after `,' ... + sub(/,/, ", ") +} + +/^[ \t]*(error_code|ec)[ \t]+[A-Z_0-9]+,[ \t]*$/ { + table_item_count++ + skipone=1 + next +} + +/^[ \t]*(error_code|ec)[ \t]+[A-Z_0-9]+,[ \t]*".*"[ \t]*$/ { + text="" + for (i=3; i<=NF; i++) { + text = text FS $i + } + text=substr(text,2,length(text)-1); + printf "\tN_(%s),\n", text > outfile + table_item_count++ +} + +/^[ \t]*(error_code|ec)[ \t]+[A-Z_0-9]+,[ \t]*".*\\[ \t]*$/ { + text="" + for (i=3; i<=NF; i++) { + text = text FS $i + } + text=substr(text,2,length(text)-2); +# printf "\t%s\"\n", text > outfile + cont_buf=text + table_item_count++ + continuation++; +} + +/^[ \t]*".*\\[ \t]*$/ { + if (skipone) { + text=substr($0,1,length($0)-1); +# printf "\t%s\"\n", text > outfile + cont_buf=text + continuation++; + } + skipone=0 +} + +{ + if (skipone) { + printf "\tN_(%s),\n", $0 > outfile + } + skipone=0 +} + +/^[ \t]*(prefix)$/ { + prefix_str = "" +} + +/^[ \t]*(prefix)[ \t]+[A-Z_0-9]+/ { + prefix_str = $2 "_" +} + +/^[ \t]*(index)[ \t]+[A-Z_0-9]+/ { + new_idx = $2 + for (i = table_item_count ; i < new_idx; i++) { + printf "\tN_(\"Reserved %s error (%d)\"),\n", \ + table_name, table_item_count++ > outfile + } +} + +END { + print " 0" > outfile + print "};" > outfile + print "" > outfile + print "struct error_table {" > outfile + print " char const * const * msgs;" > outfile + print " long base;" > outfile + print " int n_msgs;" > outfile + print "};" > outfile + print "struct et_list {" > outfile + print " struct et_list *next;" > outfile + print " const struct error_table * table;" > outfile + print "};" > outfile + print "extern struct et_list *_et_list;" > outfile + print "" > outfile + if (tab_base_high == 0) { + print "const struct error_table et_" table_name "_error_table = { text, " \ + sprintf("%dL, %d };", tab_base_sign*tab_base_low, \ + table_item_count) > outfile + } else { + print "const struct error_table et_" table_name "_error_table = { text, " \ + sprintf("%d%06dL, %d };", tab_base_sign*tab_base_high, \ + tab_base_low, table_item_count) > outfile + } + print "" > outfile + print "static struct et_list link = { 0, 0 };" > outfile + print "" > outfile + print "void initialize_" table_name "_error_table_r(struct et_list **list);" > outfile + print "void initialize_" table_name "_error_table(void);" > outfile + print "" > outfile + print "void initialize_" table_name "_error_table(void) {" > outfile + print " initialize_" table_name "_error_table_r(&_et_list);" > outfile + print "}" > outfile + print "" > outfile + print "/* For Heimdal compatibility */" > outfile + print "void initialize_" table_name "_error_table_r(struct et_list **list)" > outfile + print "{" > outfile + print " struct et_list *et, **end;" > outfile + print "" > outfile + print " for (end = list, et = *list; et; end = &et->next, et = et->next)" > outfile + print " if (et->table->msgs == text)" > outfile + print " return;" > outfile + print " et = malloc(sizeof(struct et_list));" > outfile + print " if (et == 0) {" > outfile + print " if (!link.table)" > outfile + print " et = &link;" > outfile + print " else" > outfile + print " return;" > outfile + print " }" > outfile + print " et->table = &et_" table_name "_error_table;" > outfile + print " et->next = 0;" > outfile + print " *end = et;" > outfile + print "}" > outfile +} diff --git a/lib/et/et_h.awk b/lib/et/et_h.awk new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8337121 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/et/et_h.awk @@ -0,0 +1,204 @@ +BEGIN { +if ( length(outfn) == 0) { + outfn = outfile +} +char_shift=64 +## "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789_"; +c2n["A"]=1 +c2n["B"]=2 +c2n["C"]=3 +c2n["D"]=4 +c2n["E"]=5 +c2n["F"]=6 +c2n["G"]=7 +c2n["H"]=8 +c2n["I"]=9 +c2n["J"]=10 +c2n["K"]=11 +c2n["L"]=12 +c2n["M"]=13 +c2n["N"]=14 +c2n["O"]=15 +c2n["P"]=16 +c2n["Q"]=17 +c2n["R"]=18 +c2n["S"]=19 +c2n["T"]=20 +c2n["U"]=21 +c2n["V"]=22 +c2n["W"]=23 +c2n["X"]=24 +c2n["Y"]=25 +c2n["Z"]=26 +c2n["a"]=27 +c2n["b"]=28 +c2n["c"]=29 +c2n["d"]=30 +c2n["e"]=31 +c2n["f"]=32 +c2n["g"]=33 +c2n["h"]=34 +c2n["i"]=35 +c2n["j"]=36 +c2n["k"]=37 +c2n["l"]=38 +c2n["m"]=39 +c2n["n"]=40 +c2n["o"]=41 +c2n["p"]=42 +c2n["q"]=43 +c2n["r"]=44 +c2n["s"]=45 +c2n["t"]=46 +c2n["u"]=47 +c2n["v"]=48 +c2n["w"]=49 +c2n["x"]=50 +c2n["y"]=51 +c2n["z"]=52 +c2n["0"]=53 +c2n["1"]=54 +c2n["2"]=55 +c2n["3"]=56 +c2n["4"]=57 +c2n["5"]=58 +c2n["6"]=59 +c2n["7"]=60 +c2n["8"]=61 +c2n["9"]=62 +c2n["_"]=63 +} +/^#/ { next } +/^[ \t]*(error_table|et)[ \t]+[a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z0-9_]+/ { + table_number = 0 + mod_base = 1000000 + if (NF > 2) { + table_name = $3 + base_name = $2 + } else { + table_name = $2 + base_name = table_name + } + for(i=1; i<=length(base_name); i++) { + table_number=(table_number*char_shift)+c2n[substr(base_name,i,1)] + } + # We start playing *_high, *low games here because the some + # awk programs do not have the necessary precision (sigh) + tab_base_low = table_number % mod_base + if (tab_base_low < 0) { + # Work around stupid bug in the ARM libm + tab_base_low = tab_base_low + mod_base + } + tab_base_high = int(table_number / mod_base) + tab_base_sign = 1; + + # figure out: table_number_base=table_number*256 + tab_base_low = tab_base_low * 256 + tab_base_high = (tab_base_high * 256) + \ + int(tab_base_low / mod_base) + tab_base_low = tab_base_low % mod_base + if (tab_base_low < 0) { + # Work around stupid bug in the ARM libm + tab_base_low = tab_base_low + mod_base + } + + if (table_number > 128*256*256) { + # figure out: table_number_base -= 256*256*256*256 + # sub_high, sub_low is 256*256*256*256 + sub_low = 256*256*256 % mod_base + sub_high = int(256*256*256 / mod_base) + + sub_low = sub_low * 256 + sub_high = (sub_high * 256) + int(sub_low / mod_base) + sub_low = sub_low % mod_base + + tab_base_low = sub_low - tab_base_low; + tab_base_high = sub_high - tab_base_high; + tab_base_sign = -1; + if (tab_base_low < 0) { + tab_base_low = tab_base_low + mod_base + tab_base_high-- + } + } + prefix_str = "" + curr_idx = 0 + curr_low = tab_base_low + curr_high = tab_base_high + curr_sign = tab_base_sign + print "/*" > outfile + print " * " outfn ":" > outfile + print " * This file is automatically generated; please do not edit it." > outfile + print " */" > outfile + print "" > outfile + print "#include <et/com_err.h>" > outfile + print "" > outfile +} + +/^[ \t]*(error_code|ec)[ \t]+[A-Z_0-9]+,/ { + # Be tolerant to missing whitespace after `,' ... + sub(/,/, ", ") + + tag=prefix_str substr($2,1,length($2)-1) + if (curr_high == 0) { + printf "#define %-40s (%dL)\n", tag, \ + curr_sign*curr_low > outfile + } else { + printf "#define %-40s (%d%06dL)\n", tag, curr_high*curr_sign, \ + curr_low > outfile + } + curr_low += curr_sign; + curr_idx++; + if (curr_low >= mod_base) { + curr_low -= mod_base; + curr_high++ + } + if (curr_low < 0) { + cur_low += mod_base + cur_high-- + } +} + +/^[ \t]*(prefix)$/ { + prefix_str = "" +} + +/^[ \t]*(prefix)[ \t]+[A-Z_0-9]+/ { + prefix_str = $2 "_" +} + +/^[ \t]*(index)[ \t]+[A-Z_0-9]+/ { + new_idx = $2 + curr_low += curr_sign * (new_idx - curr_idx) + curr_idx = new_idx + if (curr_low >= mod_base) { + curr_low -= mod_base; + curr_high++ + } + if (curr_low < 0) { + cur_low += mod_base + cur_high-- + } +} + + +END { + print "extern const struct error_table et_" table_name "_error_table;" > outfile + print "extern void initialize_" table_name "_error_table(void);" > outfile + print "" > outfile + print "/* For compatibility with Heimdal */" > outfile + print "extern void initialize_" table_name "_error_table_r(struct et_list **list);" > outfile + print "" > outfile + if (tab_base_high == 0) { + print "#define ERROR_TABLE_BASE_" table_name " (" \ + sprintf("%d", tab_base_sign*tab_base_low) \ + "L)" > outfile + } else { + print "#define ERROR_TABLE_BASE_" table_name " (" \ + sprintf("%d%06d", tab_base_sign*tab_base_high, \ + tab_base_low) "L)" > outfile + } + print "" > outfile + print "/* for compatibility with older versions... */" > outfile + print "#define init_" table_name "_err_tbl initialize_" table_name "_error_table" > outfile + print "#define " table_name "_err_base ERROR_TABLE_BASE_" table_name > outfile +} diff --git a/lib/et/et_name.c b/lib/et/et_name.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d9a3e87 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/et/et_name.c @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +/* + * Copyright 1987 by MIT Student Information Processing Board + * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and + * its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted, provided that + * the names of M.I.T. and the M.I.T. S.I.P.B. not be used in + * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software + * without specific, written prior permission. M.I.T. and the + * M.I.T. S.I.P.B. make no representations about the suitability of + * this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without + * express or implied warranty. + */ + +#include "config.h" +#include "com_err.h" +#include "error_table.h" +#include "internal.h" + +static const char char_set[] = + "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789_"; + +static char buf[6]; + +const char * error_table_name(errcode_t num) +{ + int ch; + int i; + char *p; + + /* num = aa aaa abb bbb bcc ccc cdd ddd d?? ??? ??? */ + p = buf; + num >>= ERRCODE_RANGE; + /* num = ?? ??? ??? aaa aaa bbb bbb ccc ccc ddd ddd */ + num &= 077777777L; + /* num = 00 000 000 aaa aaa bbb bbb ccc ccc ddd ddd */ + for (i = 4; i >= 0; i--) { + ch = (int)((num >> BITS_PER_CHAR * i) & ((1 << BITS_PER_CHAR) - 1)); + if (ch != 0) + *p++ = char_set[ch-1]; + } + *p = '\0'; + return(buf); +} diff --git a/lib/et/init_et.c b/lib/et/init_et.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..772660d --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/et/init_et.c @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +/* + * $Header$ + * $Source$ + * $Locker$ + * + * Copyright 1986, 1987, 1988 by MIT Information Systems and + * the MIT Student Information Processing Board. + * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and + * its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted, provided that + * the names of M.I.T. and the M.I.T. S.I.P.B. not be used in + * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software + * without specific, written prior permission. M.I.T. and the + * M.I.T. S.I.P.B. make no representations about the suitability of + * this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without + * express or implied warranty. + */ + +#include "config.h" +#include <stdio.h> +#include <errno.h> +#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H +#include <stdlib.h> +#endif +#include "com_err.h" +#include "error_table.h" + +struct foobar { + struct et_list etl; + struct error_table et; +}; + +extern struct et_list * _et_dynamic_list; + +int init_error_table(const char * const *msgs, long base, int count) +{ + struct foobar * new_et; + + if (!base || !count || !msgs) + return 0; + + new_et = (struct foobar *) malloc(sizeof(struct foobar)); + if (!new_et) + return ENOMEM; /* oops */ + new_et->etl.table = &new_et->et; + new_et->et.msgs = msgs; + new_et->et.base = base; + new_et->et.n_msgs= count; + + new_et->etl.next = _et_dynamic_list; + _et_dynamic_list = &new_et->etl; + return 0; +} diff --git a/lib/et/internal.h b/lib/et/internal.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d16f373 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/et/internal.h @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +/* + * internal include file for com_err package + * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and + * its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted, provided that + * the names of M.I.T. and the M.I.T. S.I.P.B. not be used in + * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software + * without specific, written prior permission. M.I.T. and the + * M.I.T. S.I.P.B. make no representations about the suitability of + * this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without + * express or implied warranty. + */ + +#include <errno.h> + +#ifdef NEED_SYS_ERRLIST +extern char const * const sys_errlist[]; +extern const int sys_nerr; +#endif diff --git a/lib/et/test_cases/continuation.c b/lib/et/test_cases/continuation.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1207897 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/et/test_cases/continuation.c @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +/* + * continuation.c: + * This file is automatically generated; please do not edit it. + */ + +#include <stdlib.h> + +#define N_(a) a + +static const char * const text[] = { + N_("New password was found in a dictionary of possible passwords and\ntherefore may be easily guessed. Please choose another password.\nSee the ovpasswd man page for help in choosing a good password."), + 0 +}; + +struct error_table { + char const * const * msgs; + long base; + int n_msgs; +}; +struct et_list { + struct et_list *next; + const struct error_table * table; +}; +extern struct et_list *_et_list; + +const struct error_table et_ovk_error_table = { text, 43787520L, 1 }; + +static struct et_list link = { 0, 0 }; + +void initialize_ovk_error_table_r(struct et_list **list); +void initialize_ovk_error_table(void); + +void initialize_ovk_error_table(void) { + initialize_ovk_error_table_r(&_et_list); +} + +/* For Heimdal compatibility */ +void initialize_ovk_error_table_r(struct et_list **list) +{ + struct et_list *et, **end; + + for (end = list, et = *list; et; end = &et->next, et = et->next) + if (et->table->msgs == text) + return; + et = malloc(sizeof(struct et_list)); + if (et == 0) { + if (!link.table) + et = &link; + else + return; + } + et->table = &et_ovk_error_table; + et->next = 0; + *end = et; +} diff --git a/lib/et/test_cases/continuation.et b/lib/et/test_cases/continuation.et new file mode 100644 index 0000000..64d1674 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/et/test_cases/continuation.et @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ + error_table ovk + +error_code CHPASS_UTIL_PASSWORD_IN_DICTIONARY, +"New password was found in a dictionary of possible passwords and\n\ +therefore may be easily guessed. Please choose another password.\n\ +See the ovpasswd man page for help in choosing a good password." + + end diff --git a/lib/et/test_cases/continuation.h b/lib/et/test_cases/continuation.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9cfe602 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/et/test_cases/continuation.h @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +/* + * continuation.h: + * This file is automatically generated; please do not edit it. + */ + +#include <et/com_err.h> + +#define CHPASS_UTIL_PASSWORD_IN_DICTIONARY (43787520L) +extern const struct error_table et_ovk_error_table; +extern void initialize_ovk_error_table(void); + +/* For compatibility with Heimdal */ +extern void initialize_ovk_error_table_r(struct et_list **list); + +#define ERROR_TABLE_BASE_ovk (43787520L) + +/* for compatibility with older versions... */ +#define init_ovk_err_tbl initialize_ovk_error_table +#define ovk_err_base ERROR_TABLE_BASE_ovk diff --git a/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal.c b/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d9be4ce --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal.c @@ -0,0 +1,136 @@ +/* + * heimdal.c: + * This file is automatically generated; please do not edit it. + */ + +#include <stdlib.h> + +#define N_(a) a + +static const char * const text[] = { + N_("Kerberos successful"), + N_("Kerberos principal expired"), + N_("Kerberos service expired"), + N_("Kerberos auth expired"), + N_("Incorrect kerberos master key version"), + N_("Incorrect kerberos master key version"), + N_("Incorrect kerberos master key version"), + N_("Kerberos error: byte order unknown"), + N_("Kerberos principal unknown"), + N_("Kerberos principal not unique"), + N_("Kerberos principal has null key"), + N_("Reserved krb error (11)"), + N_("Reserved krb error (12)"), + N_("Reserved krb error (13)"), + N_("Reserved krb error (14)"), + N_("Reserved krb error (15)"), + N_("Reserved krb error (16)"), + N_("Reserved krb error (17)"), + N_("Reserved krb error (18)"), + N_("Reserved krb error (19)"), + N_("Generic error from Kerberos KDC"), + N_("Can't read Kerberos ticket file"), + N_("Can't find Kerberos ticket or TGT"), + N_("Reserved krb error (23)"), + N_("Reserved krb error (24)"), + N_("Reserved krb error (25)"), + N_("Kerberos TGT Expired"), + N_("Reserved krb error (27)"), + N_("Reserved krb error (28)"), + N_("Reserved krb error (29)"), + N_("Reserved krb error (30)"), + N_("Kerberos error: Can't decode authenticator"), + N_("Kerberos ticket expired"), + N_("Kerberos ticket not yet valid"), + N_("Kerberos error: Repeated request"), + N_("The kerberos ticket isn't for us"), + N_("Kerberos request inconsistent"), + N_("Kerberos error: delta_t too big"), + N_("Kerberos error: incorrect net address"), + N_("Kerberos protocol version mismatch"), + N_("Kerberos error: invalid msg type"), + N_("Kerberos error: message stream modified"), + N_("Kerberos error: message out of order"), + N_("Kerberos error: unauthorized request"), + N_("Reserved krb error (44)"), + N_("Reserved krb error (45)"), + N_("Reserved krb error (46)"), + N_("Reserved krb error (47)"), + N_("Reserved krb error (48)"), + N_("Reserved krb error (49)"), + N_("Reserved krb error (50)"), + N_("Kerberos error: current PW is null"), + N_("Kerberos error: Incorrect current password"), + N_("Kerberos protocol error"), + N_("Error returned by Kerberos KDC"), + N_("Null Kerberos ticket returned by KDC"), + N_("Kerberos error: Retry count exceeded"), + N_("Kerberos error: Can't send request"), + N_("Reserved krb error (58)"), + N_("Reserved krb error (59)"), + N_("Reserved krb error (60)"), + N_("Kerberos error: not all tickets returned"), + N_("Kerberos error: incorrect password"), + N_("Kerberos error: Protocol Error"), + N_("Reserved krb error (64)"), + N_("Reserved krb error (65)"), + N_("Reserved krb error (66)"), + N_("Reserved krb error (67)"), + N_("Reserved krb error (68)"), + N_("Reserved krb error (69)"), + N_("Other error"), + N_("Don't have Kerberos ticket-granting ticket"), + N_("Reserved krb error (72)"), + N_("Reserved krb error (73)"), + N_("Reserved krb error (74)"), + N_("Reserved krb error (75)"), + N_("No ticket file found"), + N_("Couldn't access ticket file"), + N_("Couldn't lock ticket file"), + N_("Bad ticket file format"), + N_("tf_init not called first"), + N_("Bad Kerberos name format"), + 0 +}; + +struct error_table { + char const * const * msgs; + long base; + int n_msgs; +}; +struct et_list { + struct et_list *next; + const struct error_table * table; +}; +extern struct et_list *_et_list; + +const struct error_table et_krb_error_table = { text, 39525376L, 82 }; + +static struct et_list link = { 0, 0 }; + +void initialize_krb_error_table_r(struct et_list **list); +void initialize_krb_error_table(void); + +void initialize_krb_error_table(void) { + initialize_krb_error_table_r(&_et_list); +} + +/* For Heimdal compatibility */ +void initialize_krb_error_table_r(struct et_list **list) +{ + struct et_list *et, **end; + + for (end = list, et = *list; et; end = &et->next, et = et->next) + if (et->table->msgs == text) + return; + et = malloc(sizeof(struct et_list)); + if (et == 0) { + if (!link.table) + et = &link; + else + return; + } + et->table = &et_krb_error_table; + et->next = 0; + *end = et; +} diff --git a/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal.et b/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal.et new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9dce192 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal.et @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +# Copyright 1987,1988 Massachusetts Institute of Technology +# +# For copying and distribution information, see the file +# "mit-copyright.h". +# +# This might look like a com_err file, but is not +# +id "$Id: krb_err.et,v 1.7 1998/03/29 14:19:52 bg Exp $" + +error_table krb + +prefix KRBET +ec KSUCCESS, "Kerberos successful" +ec KDC_NAME_EXP, "Kerberos principal expired" +ec KDC_SERVICE_EXP, "Kerberos service expired" +ec KDC_AUTH_EXP, "Kerberos auth expired" +ec KDC_PKT_VER, "Incorrect kerberos master key version" +ec KDC_P_MKEY_VER, "Incorrect kerberos master key version" +ec KDC_S_MKEY_VER, "Incorrect kerberos master key version" +ec KDC_BYTE_ORDER, "Kerberos error: byte order unknown" +ec KDC_PR_UNKNOWN, "Kerberos principal unknown" +ec KDC_PR_N_UNIQUE, "Kerberos principal not unique" +ec KDC_NULL_KEY, "Kerberos principal has null key" +index 20 +ec KDC_GEN_ERR, "Generic error from Kerberos KDC" +ec GC_TKFIL, "Can't read Kerberos ticket file" +ec GC_NOTKT, "Can't find Kerberos ticket or TGT" +index 26 +ec MK_AP_TGTEXP, "Kerberos TGT Expired" +index 31 +ec RD_AP_UNDEC, "Kerberos error: Can't decode authenticator" +ec RD_AP_EXP, "Kerberos ticket expired" +ec RD_AP_NYV, "Kerberos ticket not yet valid" +ec RD_AP_REPEAT, "Kerberos error: Repeated request" +ec RD_AP_NOT_US, "The kerberos ticket isn't for us" +ec RD_AP_INCON, "Kerberos request inconsistent" +ec RD_AP_TIME, "Kerberos error: delta_t too big" +ec RD_AP_BADD, "Kerberos error: incorrect net address" +ec RD_AP_VERSION, "Kerberos protocol version mismatch" +ec RD_AP_MSG_TYPE, "Kerberos error: invalid msg type" +ec RD_AP_MODIFIED, "Kerberos error: message stream modified" +ec RD_AP_ORDER, "Kerberos error: message out of order" +ec RD_AP_UNAUTHOR, "Kerberos error: unauthorized request" +index 51 +ec GT_PW_NULL, "Kerberos error: current PW is null" +ec GT_PW_BADPW, "Kerberos error: Incorrect current password" +ec GT_PW_PROT, "Kerberos protocol error" +ec GT_PW_KDCERR, "Error returned by Kerberos KDC" +ec GT_PW_NULLTKT, "Null Kerberos ticket returned by KDC" +ec SKDC_RETRY, "Kerberos error: Retry count exceeded" +ec SKDC_CANT, "Kerberos error: Can't send request" +index 61 +ec INTK_W_NOTALL, "Kerberos error: not all tickets returned" +ec INTK_BADPW, "Kerberos error: incorrect password" +ec INTK_PROT, "Kerberos error: Protocol Error" +index 70 +ec INTK_ERR, "Other error" +ec AD_NOTGT, "Don't have Kerberos ticket-granting ticket" +index 76 +ec NO_TKT_FIL, "No ticket file found" +ec TKT_FIL_ACC, "Couldn't access ticket file" +ec TKT_FIL_LCK, "Couldn't lock ticket file" +ec TKT_FIL_FMT, "Bad ticket file format" +ec TKT_FIL_INI, "tf_init not called first" +ec KNAME_FMT, "Bad Kerberos name format" diff --git a/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal.h b/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5c94354 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal.h @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +/* + * heimdal.h: + * This file is automatically generated; please do not edit it. + */ + +#include <et/com_err.h> + +#define KRBET_KSUCCESS (39525376L) +#define KRBET_KDC_NAME_EXP (39525377L) +#define KRBET_KDC_SERVICE_EXP (39525378L) +#define KRBET_KDC_AUTH_EXP (39525379L) +#define KRBET_KDC_PKT_VER (39525380L) +#define KRBET_KDC_P_MKEY_VER (39525381L) +#define KRBET_KDC_S_MKEY_VER (39525382L) +#define KRBET_KDC_BYTE_ORDER (39525383L) +#define KRBET_KDC_PR_UNKNOWN (39525384L) +#define KRBET_KDC_PR_N_UNIQUE (39525385L) +#define KRBET_KDC_NULL_KEY (39525386L) +#define KRBET_KDC_GEN_ERR (39525396L) +#define KRBET_GC_TKFIL (39525397L) +#define KRBET_GC_NOTKT (39525398L) +#define KRBET_MK_AP_TGTEXP (39525402L) +#define KRBET_RD_AP_UNDEC (39525407L) +#define KRBET_RD_AP_EXP (39525408L) +#define KRBET_RD_AP_NYV (39525409L) +#define KRBET_RD_AP_REPEAT (39525410L) +#define KRBET_RD_AP_NOT_US (39525411L) +#define KRBET_RD_AP_INCON (39525412L) +#define KRBET_RD_AP_TIME (39525413L) +#define KRBET_RD_AP_BADD (39525414L) +#define KRBET_RD_AP_VERSION (39525415L) +#define KRBET_RD_AP_MSG_TYPE (39525416L) +#define KRBET_RD_AP_MODIFIED (39525417L) +#define KRBET_RD_AP_ORDER (39525418L) +#define KRBET_RD_AP_UNAUTHOR (39525419L) +#define KRBET_GT_PW_NULL (39525427L) +#define KRBET_GT_PW_BADPW (39525428L) +#define KRBET_GT_PW_PROT (39525429L) +#define KRBET_GT_PW_KDCERR (39525430L) +#define KRBET_GT_PW_NULLTKT (39525431L) +#define KRBET_SKDC_RETRY (39525432L) +#define KRBET_SKDC_CANT (39525433L) +#define KRBET_INTK_W_NOTALL (39525437L) +#define KRBET_INTK_BADPW (39525438L) +#define KRBET_INTK_PROT (39525439L) +#define KRBET_INTK_ERR (39525446L) +#define KRBET_AD_NOTGT (39525447L) +#define KRBET_NO_TKT_FIL (39525452L) +#define KRBET_TKT_FIL_ACC (39525453L) +#define KRBET_TKT_FIL_LCK (39525454L) +#define KRBET_TKT_FIL_FMT (39525455L) +#define KRBET_TKT_FIL_INI (39525456L) +#define KRBET_KNAME_FMT (39525457L) +extern const struct error_table et_krb_error_table; +extern void initialize_krb_error_table(void); + +/* For compatibility with Heimdal */ +extern void initialize_krb_error_table_r(struct et_list **list); + +#define ERROR_TABLE_BASE_krb (39525376L) + +/* for compatibility with older versions... */ +#define init_krb_err_tbl initialize_krb_error_table +#define krb_err_base ERROR_TABLE_BASE_krb diff --git a/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal2.c b/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal2.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d2ad572 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal2.c @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +/* + * heimdal2.c: + * This file is automatically generated; please do not edit it. + */ + +#include <stdlib.h> + +#define N_(a) a + +static const char * const text[] = { + N_("$Id: kadm_err.et,v 1.5 1998/01/16 23:11:27 joda Exp $"), + N_("Cannot fetch local realm"), + N_("Unable to fetch credentials"), + N_("Bad key supplied"), + N_("Can't encrypt data"), + N_("Cannot encode/decode authentication info"), + N_("Principal attempting change is in wrong realm"), + N_("Packet is too large"), + N_("Version number is incorrect"), + N_("Checksum does not match"), + N_("Unsealing private data failed"), + N_("Unsupported operation"), + N_("Could not find administrating host"), + N_("Administrating host name is unknown"), + N_("Could not find service name in services database"), + N_("Could not create socket"), + N_("Could not connect to server"), + N_("Could not fetch local socket address"), + N_("Could not fetch master key"), + N_("Could not verify master key"), + N_("Entry already exists in database"), + N_("Database store error"), + N_("Database read error"), + N_("Insufficient access to perform requested operation"), + N_("Data is available for return to client"), + N_("No such entry in the database"), + N_("Memory exhausted"), + N_("Could not fetch system hostname"), + N_("Could not bind port"), + N_("Length mismatch problem"), + N_("Illegal use of wildcard"), + N_("Database is locked or in use--try again later"), + N_("Insecure password rejected"), + N_("Cleartext password and DES key did not match"), + N_("Invalid principal for change srvtab request"), + N_("Attempt do delete immutable principal"), + N_("Reserved kadm error (36)"), + N_("Reserved kadm error (37)"), + N_("Reserved kadm error (38)"), + N_("Reserved kadm error (39)"), + N_("Reserved kadm error (40)"), + N_("Reserved kadm error (41)"), + N_("Reserved kadm error (42)"), + N_("Reserved kadm error (43)"), + N_("Reserved kadm error (44)"), + N_("Reserved kadm error (45)"), + N_("Reserved kadm error (46)"), + N_("Reserved kadm error (47)"), + N_("Reserved kadm error (48)"), + N_("Reserved kadm error (49)"), + N_("Reserved kadm error (50)"), + N_("Reserved kadm error (51)"), + N_("Reserved kadm error (52)"), + N_("Reserved kadm error (53)"), + N_("Reserved kadm error (54)"), + N_("Reserved kadm error (55)"), + N_("Reserved kadm error (56)"), + N_("Reserved kadm error (57)"), + N_("Reserved kadm error (58)"), + N_("Reserved kadm error (59)"), + N_("Reserved kadm error (60)"), + N_("Reserved kadm error (61)"), + N_("Reserved kadm error (62)"), + N_("Reserved kadm error (63)"), + N_("Null passwords are not allowed"), + N_("Password is too short"), + N_("Too few character classes in password"), + N_("Password is in the password dictionary"), + 0 +}; + +struct error_table { + char const * const * msgs; + long base; + int n_msgs; +}; +struct et_list { + struct et_list *next; + const struct error_table * table; +}; +extern struct et_list *_et_list; + +const struct error_table et_kadm_error_table = { text, -1783126272L, 68 }; + +static struct et_list link = { 0, 0 }; + +void initialize_kadm_error_table_r(struct et_list **list); +void initialize_kadm_error_table(void); + +void initialize_kadm_error_table(void) { + initialize_kadm_error_table_r(&_et_list); +} + +/* For Heimdal compatibility */ +void initialize_kadm_error_table_r(struct et_list **list) +{ + struct et_list *et, **end; + + for (end = list, et = *list; et; end = &et->next, et = et->next) + if (et->table->msgs == text) + return; + et = malloc(sizeof(struct et_list)); + if (et == 0) { + if (!link.table) + et = &link; + else + return; + } + et->table = &et_kadm_error_table; + et->next = 0; + *end = et; +} diff --git a/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal2.et b/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal2.et new file mode 100644 index 0000000..703600c --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal2.et @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +# $Id: kadm_err.et,v 1.5 1998/01/16 23:11:27 joda Exp $ +# +# Copyright 1988 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. +# +# For copying and distribution information, please see the file +# <mit-copyright.h>. +# +# Kerberos administration server error table +# + et kadm + +# KADM_SUCCESS, as all success codes should be, is zero + +ec KADM_RCSID, "$Id: kadm_err.et,v 1.5 1998/01/16 23:11:27 joda Exp $" +# /* Building and unbuilding the packet errors */ +ec KADM_NO_REALM, "Cannot fetch local realm" +ec KADM_NO_CRED, "Unable to fetch credentials" +ec KADM_BAD_KEY, "Bad key supplied" +ec KADM_NO_ENCRYPT, "Can't encrypt data" +ec KADM_NO_AUTH, "Cannot encode/decode authentication info" +ec KADM_WRONG_REALM, "Principal attempting change is in wrong realm" +ec KADM_NO_ROOM, "Packet is too large" +ec KADM_BAD_VER, "Version number is incorrect" +ec KADM_BAD_CHK, "Checksum does not match" +ec KADM_NO_READ, "Unsealing private data failed" +ec KADM_NO_OPCODE, "Unsupported operation" +ec KADM_NO_HOST, "Could not find administrating host" +ec KADM_UNK_HOST, "Administrating host name is unknown" +ec KADM_NO_SERV, "Could not find service name in services database" +ec KADM_NO_SOCK, "Could not create socket" +ec KADM_NO_CONN, "Could not connect to server" +ec KADM_NO_HERE, "Could not fetch local socket address" +ec KADM_NO_MAST, "Could not fetch master key" +ec KADM_NO_VERI, "Could not verify master key" + +# /* From the server side routines */ +ec KADM_INUSE, "Entry already exists in database" +ec KADM_UK_SERROR, "Database store error" +ec KADM_UK_RERROR, "Database read error" +ec KADM_UNAUTH, "Insufficient access to perform requested operation" +# KADM_DATA isn't really an error, but... +ec KADM_DATA, "Data is available for return to client" +ec KADM_NOENTRY, "No such entry in the database" + +ec KADM_NOMEM, "Memory exhausted" +ec KADM_NO_HOSTNAME, "Could not fetch system hostname" +ec KADM_NO_BIND, "Could not bind port" +ec KADM_LENGTH_ERROR, "Length mismatch problem" +ec KADM_ILL_WILDCARD, "Illegal use of wildcard" + +ec KADM_DB_INUSE, "Database is locked or in use--try again later" + +ec KADM_INSECURE_PW, "Insecure password rejected" +ec KADM_PW_MISMATCH, "Cleartext password and DES key did not match" + +ec KADM_NOT_SERV_PRINC, "Invalid principal for change srvtab request" +ec KADM_IMMUTABLE, "Attempt do delete immutable principal" +# password quality basically stolen from OV libkadm5 +index 64 +prefix KADM_PASS_Q +ec NULL, "Null passwords are not allowed" +ec TOOSHORT, "Password is too short" +ec CLASS, "Too few character classes in password" +ec DICT, "Password is in the password dictionary" +end diff --git a/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal2.h b/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal2.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3c2cb7d --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal2.h @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +/* + * heimdal2.h: + * This file is automatically generated; please do not edit it. + */ + +#include <et/com_err.h> + +#define KADM_RCSID (-1783126272L) +#define KADM_NO_REALM (-1783126271L) +#define KADM_NO_CRED (-1783126270L) +#define KADM_BAD_KEY (-1783126269L) +#define KADM_NO_ENCRYPT (-1783126268L) +#define KADM_NO_AUTH (-1783126267L) +#define KADM_WRONG_REALM (-1783126266L) +#define KADM_NO_ROOM (-1783126265L) +#define KADM_BAD_VER (-1783126264L) +#define KADM_BAD_CHK (-1783126263L) +#define KADM_NO_READ (-1783126262L) +#define KADM_NO_OPCODE (-1783126261L) +#define KADM_NO_HOST (-1783126260L) +#define KADM_UNK_HOST (-1783126259L) +#define KADM_NO_SERV (-1783126258L) +#define KADM_NO_SOCK (-1783126257L) +#define KADM_NO_CONN (-1783126256L) +#define KADM_NO_HERE (-1783126255L) +#define KADM_NO_MAST (-1783126254L) +#define KADM_NO_VERI (-1783126253L) +#define KADM_INUSE (-1783126252L) +#define KADM_UK_SERROR (-1783126251L) +#define KADM_UK_RERROR (-1783126250L) +#define KADM_UNAUTH (-1783126249L) +#define KADM_DATA (-1783126248L) +#define KADM_NOENTRY (-1783126247L) +#define KADM_NOMEM (-1783126246L) +#define KADM_NO_HOSTNAME (-1783126245L) +#define KADM_NO_BIND (-1783126244L) +#define KADM_LENGTH_ERROR (-1783126243L) +#define KADM_ILL_WILDCARD (-1783126242L) +#define KADM_DB_INUSE (-1783126241L) +#define KADM_INSECURE_PW (-1783126240L) +#define KADM_PW_MISMATCH (-1783126239L) +#define KADM_NOT_SERV_PRINC (-1783126238L) +#define KADM_IMMUTABLE (-1783126237L) +#define KADM_PASS_Q_NULL (-1783126208L) +#define KADM_PASS_Q_TOOSHORT (-1783126207L) +#define KADM_PASS_Q_CLASS (-1783126206L) +#define KADM_PASS_Q_DICT (-1783126205L) +extern const struct error_table et_kadm_error_table; +extern void initialize_kadm_error_table(void); + +/* For compatibility with Heimdal */ +extern void initialize_kadm_error_table_r(struct et_list **list); + +#define ERROR_TABLE_BASE_kadm (-1783126272L) + +/* for compatibility with older versions... */ +#define init_kadm_err_tbl initialize_kadm_error_table +#define kadm_err_base ERROR_TABLE_BASE_kadm diff --git a/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal3.c b/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal3.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b8b9b73 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal3.c @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +/* + * heimdal3.c: + * This file is automatically generated; please do not edit it. + */ + +#include <stdlib.h> + +#define N_(a) a + +static const char * const text[] = { + N_("Test message 1"), + N_("Test message 2"), + 0 +}; + +struct error_table { + char const * const * msgs; + long base; + int n_msgs; +}; +struct et_list { + struct et_list *next; + const struct error_table * table; +}; +extern struct et_list *_et_list; + +const struct error_table et_h3test_error_table = { text, 43787520L, 2 }; + +static struct et_list link = { 0, 0 }; + +void initialize_h3test_error_table_r(struct et_list **list); +void initialize_h3test_error_table(void); + +void initialize_h3test_error_table(void) { + initialize_h3test_error_table_r(&_et_list); +} + +/* For Heimdal compatibility */ +void initialize_h3test_error_table_r(struct et_list **list) +{ + struct et_list *et, **end; + + for (end = list, et = *list; et; end = &et->next, et = et->next) + if (et->table->msgs == text) + return; + et = malloc(sizeof(struct et_list)); + if (et == 0) { + if (!link.table) + et = &link; + else + return; + } + et->table = &et_h3test_error_table; + et->next = 0; + *end = et; +} diff --git a/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal3.et b/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal3.et new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a0bd5c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal3.et @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +error_table ovk h3test +prefix H3TEST +ec TEST1, "Test message 1" +ec TEST2, "Test message 2" +end diff --git a/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal3.h b/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal3.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..91d2cb9 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal3.h @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +/* + * heimdal3.h: + * This file is automatically generated; please do not edit it. + */ + +#include <et/com_err.h> + +#define H3TEST_TEST1 (43787520L) +#define H3TEST_TEST2 (43787521L) +extern const struct error_table et_h3test_error_table; +extern void initialize_h3test_error_table(void); + +/* For compatibility with Heimdal */ +extern void initialize_h3test_error_table_r(struct et_list **list); + +#define ERROR_TABLE_BASE_h3test (43787520L) + +/* for compatibility with older versions... */ +#define init_h3test_err_tbl initialize_h3test_error_table +#define h3test_err_base ERROR_TABLE_BASE_h3test diff --git a/lib/et/test_cases/imap_err.c b/lib/et/test_cases/imap_err.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4d2ffc6 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/et/test_cases/imap_err.c @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +/* + * imap_err.c: + * This file is automatically generated; please do not edit it. + */ + +#include <stdlib.h> + +#define N_(a) a + +static const char * const text[] = { + N_( "Internal Error"), + N_( "System I/O error"), + N_( "Item does not exist"), + N_( "Operating System Error"), + N_( "mail system storage has been exceeded"), + N_( "Permission denied"), + N_( "Over quota"), + N_( "Message size exceeds fixed limit"), + N_( "Too many user flags in mailbox"), + N_( "Invalid namespace prefix in configuration file"), + N_( "Mailbox has an invalid format"), + N_( "Replication inconsistency detected"), + N_( "Mailbox format corruption detected"), + N_( "Operation is not supported on mailbox"), + N_( "Mailbox does not exist"), + N_( "Mailbox already exists"), + N_( "Invalid mailbox name"), + N_( "Invalid mailbox type"), + N_( "Mailbox has been moved to another server"), + N_( "Mailbox is currently reserved"), + N_( "Mailbox is locked"), + N_( "Delivery to mailbox is disabled"), + N_( "Unknown/invalid partition"), + N_( "Invalid identifier"), + N_( "Message contains NUL characters"), + N_( "Message contains bare newlines"), + N_( "Message contains non-ASCII characters in headers"), + N_( "Message contains invalid header"), + N_( "Message has no header/body separator"), + N_( "Quota root does not exist"), + N_( "Bad protocol"), + N_( "Syntax error in parameters"), + N_( "Invalid annotation entry"), + N_( "Invalid annotation attribute"), + N_( "Invalid annotation value"), + N_( "Bad URL"), + N_( "Zero-length message literal"), + N_( "Invalid server requested"), + N_( "Server(s) unavailable to complete operation"), + N_( "The remote Server(s) denied the operation"), + N_( "Retry operation"), + N_( "This mailbox hierarchy does not exist on a single backend server."), + N_( "The remote server does not support MULTIAPPEND"), + N_( "Unrecognized character set"), + N_( "Invalid user"), + N_( "Login incorrect"), + N_( "Anonymous login is not permitted"), + N_( "Unsupported quota resource"), + N_( "Authentication failed"), + N_( "Client cancelled authentication"), + N_( "Protocol error during authentication"), + N_( "Mailbox is over %s quota"), + N_( "Mailbox is at %d%% of %s quota"), + N_( "Message %d no longer exists"), + N_( "Unable to checkpoint \\Seen state"), + N_( "Unable to preserve \\Seen state"), + N_( "No matching messages"), + N_( "No matching annotations"), + N_( "[UNKNOWN-CTE] Can not process the binary data"), + N_( "LOGOUT received"), + N_( "Completed"), + 0 +}; + +struct error_table { + char const * const * msgs; + long base; + int n_msgs; +}; +struct et_list { + struct et_list *next; + const struct error_table * table; +}; +extern struct et_list *_et_list; + +const struct error_table et_imap_error_table = { text, -1904809472L, 61 }; + +static struct et_list link = { 0, 0 }; + +void initialize_imap_error_table_r(struct et_list **list); +void initialize_imap_error_table(void); + +void initialize_imap_error_table(void) { + initialize_imap_error_table_r(&_et_list); +} + +/* For Heimdal compatibility */ +void initialize_imap_error_table_r(struct et_list **list) +{ + struct et_list *et, **end; + + for (end = list, et = *list; et; end = &et->next, et = et->next) + if (et->table->msgs == text) + return; + et = malloc(sizeof(struct et_list)); + if (et == 0) { + if (!link.table) + et = &link; + else + return; + } + et->table = &et_imap_error_table; + et->next = 0; + *end = et; +} diff --git a/lib/et/test_cases/imap_err.et b/lib/et/test_cases/imap_err.et new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bfae243 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/et/test_cases/imap_err.et @@ -0,0 +1,238 @@ +# imap_err.et -- Error codes for Cyrus IMAP server programs +# +# Copyright (c) 1994-2008 Carnegie Mellon University. All rights reserved. +# +# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +# are met: +# +# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +# +# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright +# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in +# the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +# distribution. +# +# 3. The name "Carnegie Mellon University" must not be used to +# endorse or promote products derived from this software without +# prior written permission. For permission or any legal +# details, please contact +# Carnegie Mellon University +# Center for Technology Transfer and Enterprise Creation +# 4615 Forbes Avenue +# Suite 302 +# Pittsburgh, PA 15213 +# (412) 268-7393, fax: (412) 268-7395 +# innovation@andrew.cmu.edu +# +# 4. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following +# acknowledgment: +# "This product includes software developed by Computing Services +# at Carnegie Mellon University (http://www.cmu.edu/computing/)." +# +# CARNEGIE MELLON UNIVERSITY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO +# THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY +# AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL CARNEGIE MELLON UNIVERSITY BE LIABLE +# FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES +# WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN +# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING +# OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. + +error_table imap + +ec IMAP_INTERNAL, + "Internal Error" + +ec IMAP_IOERROR, + "System I/O error" + +ec IMAP_NOTFOUND, + "Item does not exist" + +ec IMAP_SYS_ERROR, + "Operating System Error" + +ec IMAP_NOSPACE, + "mail system storage has been exceeded" + +ec IMAP_PERMISSION_DENIED, + "Permission denied" + +ec IMAP_QUOTA_EXCEEDED, + "Over quota" + +ec IMAP_MESSAGE_TOO_LARGE, + "Message size exceeds fixed limit" + +ec IMAP_USERFLAG_EXHAUSTED, + "Too many user flags in mailbox" + +ec IMAP_NAMESPACE_BADPREFIX, + "Invalid namespace prefix in configuration file" + +ec IMAP_MAILBOX_BADFORMAT, + "Mailbox has an invalid format" + +ec IMAP_SYNC_CHECKSUM, + "Replication inconsistency detected" + +ec IMAP_MAILBOX_CHECKSUM, + "Mailbox format corruption detected" + +ec IMAP_MAILBOX_NOTSUPPORTED, + "Operation is not supported on mailbox" + +ec IMAP_MAILBOX_NONEXISTENT, + "Mailbox does not exist" + +ec IMAP_MAILBOX_EXISTS, + "Mailbox already exists" + +ec IMAP_MAILBOX_BADNAME, + "Invalid mailbox name" + +ec IMAP_MAILBOX_BADTYPE, + "Invalid mailbox type" + +ec IMAP_MAILBOX_MOVED, + "Mailbox has been moved to another server" + +ec IMAP_MAILBOX_RESERVED, + "Mailbox is currently reserved" + +ec IMAP_MAILBOX_LOCKED, + "Mailbox is locked" + +ec IMAP_MAILBOX_DISABLED, + "Delivery to mailbox is disabled" + +ec IMAP_PARTITION_UNKNOWN, + "Unknown/invalid partition" + +ec IMAP_INVALID_IDENTIFIER, + "Invalid identifier" + +ec IMAP_MESSAGE_CONTAINSNULL, + "Message contains NUL characters" + +ec IMAP_MESSAGE_CONTAINSNL, + "Message contains bare newlines" + +ec IMAP_MESSAGE_CONTAINS8BIT, + "Message contains non-ASCII characters in headers" + +ec IMAP_MESSAGE_BADHEADER, + "Message contains invalid header" + +ec IMAP_MESSAGE_NOBLANKLINE, + "Message has no header/body separator" + +ec IMAP_QUOTAROOT_NONEXISTENT, + "Quota root does not exist" + +ec IMAP_PROTOCOL_ERROR, + "Bad protocol" + +ec IMAP_PROTOCOL_BAD_PARAMETERS, + "Syntax error in parameters" + +ec IMAP_ANNOTATION_BADENTRY, + "Invalid annotation entry" + +ec IMAP_ANNOTATION_BADATTRIB, + "Invalid annotation attribute" + +ec IMAP_ANNOTATION_BADVALUE, + "Invalid annotation value" + +ec IMAP_BADURL, + "Bad URL" + +ec IMAP_ZERO_LENGTH_LITERAL, + "Zero-length message literal" + +# following used only proxy/db operations +ec IMAP_BAD_SERVER, + "Invalid server requested" + +ec IMAP_SERVER_UNAVAILABLE, + "Server(s) unavailable to complete operation" + +ec IMAP_REMOTE_DENIED, + "The remote Server(s) denied the operation" + +ec IMAP_AGAIN, + "Retry operation" + +ec IMAP_NOT_SINGULAR_ROOT, + "This mailbox hierarchy does not exist on a single backend server." + +ec IMAP_REMOTE_NO_MULTIAPPEND, + "The remote server does not support MULTIAPPEND" + +# Following only used for internationalization of error messages + +ec IMAP_UNRECOGNIZED_CHARSET, + "Unrecognized character set" + +ec IMAP_INVALID_USER, + "Invalid user" + +ec IMAP_INVALID_LOGIN, + "Login incorrect" + +ec IMAP_ANONYMOUS_NOT_PERMITTED, + "Anonymous login is not permitted" + +ec IMAP_UNSUPPORTED_QUOTA, + "Unsupported quota resource" + +# Following used only for SASL operations + +ec IMAP_SASL_FAIL, + "Authentication failed" + +ec IMAP_SASL_CANCEL, + "Client cancelled authentication" + +ec IMAP_SASL_PROTERR, + "Protocol error during authentication" + +# Following used for internationalization of untagged OK/NO responses + +ec IMAP_NO_OVERQUOTA, + "Mailbox is over %s quota" + +ec IMAP_NO_CLOSEQUOTA, + "Mailbox is at %d%% of %s quota" + +ec IMAP_NO_MSGGONE, + "Message %d no longer exists" + +ec IMAP_NO_CHECKSEEN, + "Unable to checkpoint \\Seen state" + +ec IMAP_NO_CHECKPRESERVE, + "Unable to preserve \\Seen state" + +ec IMAP_NO_NOSUCHMSG, + "No matching messages" + +ec IMAP_NO_NOSUCHANNOTATION, + "No matching annotations" + +ec IMAP_NO_UNKNOWN_CTE, + "[UNKNOWN-CTE] Can not process the binary data" + +# Following used for internationalization of untagged BYE response + +ec IMAP_BYE_LOGOUT, + "LOGOUT received" + +# Following used for internationalization of tagged OK response + +ec IMAP_OK_COMPLETED, + "Completed" + +end diff --git a/lib/et/test_cases/imap_err.h b/lib/et/test_cases/imap_err.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bfa8f65 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/et/test_cases/imap_err.h @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +/* + * imap_err.h: + * This file is automatically generated; please do not edit it. + */ + +#include <et/com_err.h> + +#define IMAP_INTERNAL (-1904809472L) +#define IMAP_IOERROR (-1904809471L) +#define IMAP_NOTFOUND (-1904809470L) +#define IMAP_SYS_ERROR (-1904809469L) +#define IMAP_NOSPACE (-1904809468L) +#define IMAP_PERMISSION_DENIED (-1904809467L) +#define IMAP_QUOTA_EXCEEDED (-1904809466L) +#define IMAP_MESSAGE_TOO_LARGE (-1904809465L) +#define IMAP_USERFLAG_EXHAUSTED (-1904809464L) +#define IMAP_NAMESPACE_BADPREFIX (-1904809463L) +#define IMAP_MAILBOX_BADFORMAT (-1904809462L) +#define IMAP_SYNC_CHECKSUM (-1904809461L) +#define IMAP_MAILBOX_CHECKSUM (-1904809460L) +#define IMAP_MAILBOX_NOTSUPPORTED (-1904809459L) +#define IMAP_MAILBOX_NONEXISTENT (-1904809458L) +#define IMAP_MAILBOX_EXISTS (-1904809457L) +#define IMAP_MAILBOX_BADNAME (-1904809456L) +#define IMAP_MAILBOX_BADTYPE (-1904809455L) +#define IMAP_MAILBOX_MOVED (-1904809454L) +#define IMAP_MAILBOX_RESERVED (-1904809453L) +#define IMAP_MAILBOX_LOCKED (-1904809452L) +#define IMAP_MAILBOX_DISABLED (-1904809451L) +#define IMAP_PARTITION_UNKNOWN (-1904809450L) +#define IMAP_INVALID_IDENTIFIER (-1904809449L) +#define IMAP_MESSAGE_CONTAINSNULL (-1904809448L) +#define IMAP_MESSAGE_CONTAINSNL (-1904809447L) +#define IMAP_MESSAGE_CONTAINS8BIT (-1904809446L) +#define IMAP_MESSAGE_BADHEADER (-1904809445L) +#define IMAP_MESSAGE_NOBLANKLINE (-1904809444L) +#define IMAP_QUOTAROOT_NONEXISTENT (-1904809443L) +#define IMAP_PROTOCOL_ERROR (-1904809442L) +#define IMAP_PROTOCOL_BAD_PARAMETERS (-1904809441L) +#define IMAP_ANNOTATION_BADENTRY (-1904809440L) +#define IMAP_ANNOTATION_BADATTRIB (-1904809439L) +#define IMAP_ANNOTATION_BADVALUE (-1904809438L) +#define IMAP_BADURL (-1904809437L) +#define IMAP_ZERO_LENGTH_LITERAL (-1904809436L) +#define IMAP_BAD_SERVER (-1904809435L) +#define IMAP_SERVER_UNAVAILABLE (-1904809434L) +#define IMAP_REMOTE_DENIED (-1904809433L) +#define IMAP_AGAIN (-1904809432L) +#define IMAP_NOT_SINGULAR_ROOT (-1904809431L) +#define IMAP_REMOTE_NO_MULTIAPPEND (-1904809430L) +#define IMAP_UNRECOGNIZED_CHARSET (-1904809429L) +#define IMAP_INVALID_USER (-1904809428L) +#define IMAP_INVALID_LOGIN (-1904809427L) +#define IMAP_ANONYMOUS_NOT_PERMITTED (-1904809426L) +#define IMAP_UNSUPPORTED_QUOTA (-1904809425L) +#define IMAP_SASL_FAIL (-1904809424L) +#define IMAP_SASL_CANCEL (-1904809423L) +#define IMAP_SASL_PROTERR (-1904809422L) +#define IMAP_NO_OVERQUOTA (-1904809421L) +#define IMAP_NO_CLOSEQUOTA (-1904809420L) +#define IMAP_NO_MSGGONE (-1904809419L) +#define IMAP_NO_CHECKSEEN (-1904809418L) +#define IMAP_NO_CHECKPRESERVE (-1904809417L) +#define IMAP_NO_NOSUCHMSG (-1904809416L) +#define IMAP_NO_NOSUCHANNOTATION (-1904809415L) +#define IMAP_NO_UNKNOWN_CTE (-1904809414L) +#define IMAP_BYE_LOGOUT (-1904809413L) +#define IMAP_OK_COMPLETED (-1904809412L) +extern const struct error_table et_imap_error_table; +extern void initialize_imap_error_table(void); + +/* For compatibility with Heimdal */ +extern void initialize_imap_error_table_r(struct et_list **list); + +#define ERROR_TABLE_BASE_imap (-1904809472L) + +/* for compatibility with older versions... */ +#define init_imap_err_tbl initialize_imap_error_table +#define imap_err_base ERROR_TABLE_BASE_imap diff --git a/lib/et/test_cases/simple.c b/lib/et/test_cases/simple.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..10ab1a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/et/test_cases/simple.c @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +/* + * simple.c: + * This file is automatically generated; please do not edit it. + */ + +#include <stdlib.h> + +#define N_(a) a + +static const char * const text[] = { + N_( "Can't read ticket file"), + N_( "Can't find ticket or TGT"), + N_( "TGT expired"), + N_( "Can't decode authenticator"), + N_( "Ticket expired"), + N_( "Repeated request"), + N_( "The ticket isn't for us"), + N_( "Request is inconsistent"), + N_( "Delta-T too big"), + N_( "Incorrect net address"), + N_( "Protocol version mismatch"), + N_( "Invalid message type"), + N_( "Message stream modified"), + N_( "Message out of order"), + N_( "Unauthorized request"), + N_( "Current password is null"), + N_( "Incorrect current password"), + N_( "Protocol error"), + N_( "Error returned by KDC"), + N_( "Null ticket returned by KDC"), + N_( "Retry count exceeded"), + N_( "Can't send request"), + 0 +}; + +struct error_table { + char const * const * msgs; + long base; + int n_msgs; +}; +struct et_list { + struct et_list *next; + const struct error_table * table; +}; +extern struct et_list *_et_list; + +const struct error_table et_krb_error_table = { text, 39525376L, 22 }; + +static struct et_list link = { 0, 0 }; + +void initialize_krb_error_table_r(struct et_list **list); +void initialize_krb_error_table(void); + +void initialize_krb_error_table(void) { + initialize_krb_error_table_r(&_et_list); +} + +/* For Heimdal compatibility */ +void initialize_krb_error_table_r(struct et_list **list) +{ + struct et_list *et, **end; + + for (end = list, et = *list; et; end = &et->next, et = et->next) + if (et->table->msgs == text) + return; + et = malloc(sizeof(struct et_list)); + if (et == 0) { + if (!link.table) + et = &link; + else + return; + } + et->table = &et_krb_error_table; + et->next = 0; + *end = et; +} diff --git a/lib/et/test_cases/simple.et b/lib/et/test_cases/simple.et new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4c7b77f --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/et/test_cases/simple.et @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ + error_table krb + + error_code KRB_MK_AP_TKFIL, + "Can't read ticket file" + + ec KRB_MK_AP_NOTKT, + "Can't find ticket or TGT" + + ec KRB_MK_AP_TGTEXP, + "TGT expired" + + ec KRB_RD_AP_UNDEC, + "Can't decode authenticator" + + ec KRB_RD_AP_EXP, + "Ticket expired" + + ec KRB_RD_AP_REPEAT, + "Repeated request" + + ec KRB_RD_AP_NOT_US, + "The ticket isn't for us" + + ec KRB_RD_AP_INCON, + "Request is inconsistent" + + ec KRB_RD_AP_TIME, + "Delta-T too big" + + ec KRB_RD_AP_BADD, + "Incorrect net address" + + ec KRB_RD_AP_VERSION, + "Protocol version mismatch" + + ec KRB_RD_AP_MSG_TYPE, + "Invalid message type" + + ec KRB_RD_AP_MODIFIED, + "Message stream modified" + + ec KRB_RD_AP_ORDER, + "Message out of order" + + ec KRB_RD_AP_UNAUTHOR, + "Unauthorized request" + + ec KRB_GT_PW_NULL, + "Current password is null" + + ec KRB_GT_PW_BADPW, + "Incorrect current password" + + ec KRB_GT_PW_PROT, + "Protocol error" + + ec KRB_GT_PW_KDCERR, + "Error returned by KDC" + + ec KRB_GT_PW_NULLTKT, + "Null ticket returned by KDC" + + ec KRB_SKDC_RETRY, + "Retry count exceeded" + + ec KRB_SKDC_CANT, + "Can't send request" + + end diff --git a/lib/et/test_cases/simple.h b/lib/et/test_cases/simple.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e7800b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/et/test_cases/simple.h @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +/* + * simple.h: + * This file is automatically generated; please do not edit it. + */ + +#include <et/com_err.h> + +#define KRB_MK_AP_TKFIL (39525376L) +#define KRB_MK_AP_NOTKT (39525377L) +#define KRB_MK_AP_TGTEXP (39525378L) +#define KRB_RD_AP_UNDEC (39525379L) +#define KRB_RD_AP_EXP (39525380L) +#define KRB_RD_AP_REPEAT (39525381L) +#define KRB_RD_AP_NOT_US (39525382L) +#define KRB_RD_AP_INCON (39525383L) +#define KRB_RD_AP_TIME (39525384L) +#define KRB_RD_AP_BADD (39525385L) +#define KRB_RD_AP_VERSION (39525386L) +#define KRB_RD_AP_MSG_TYPE (39525387L) +#define KRB_RD_AP_MODIFIED (39525388L) +#define KRB_RD_AP_ORDER (39525389L) +#define KRB_RD_AP_UNAUTHOR (39525390L) +#define KRB_GT_PW_NULL (39525391L) +#define KRB_GT_PW_BADPW (39525392L) +#define KRB_GT_PW_PROT (39525393L) +#define KRB_GT_PW_KDCERR (39525394L) +#define KRB_GT_PW_NULLTKT (39525395L) +#define KRB_SKDC_RETRY (39525396L) +#define KRB_SKDC_CANT (39525397L) +extern const struct error_table et_krb_error_table; +extern void initialize_krb_error_table(void); + +/* For compatibility with Heimdal */ +extern void initialize_krb_error_table_r(struct et_list **list); + +#define ERROR_TABLE_BASE_krb (39525376L) + +/* for compatibility with older versions... */ +#define init_krb_err_tbl initialize_krb_error_table +#define krb_err_base ERROR_TABLE_BASE_krb diff --git a/lib/et/texinfo.tex b/lib/et/texinfo.tex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dd52615 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/et/texinfo.tex @@ -0,0 +1,7226 @@ +% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files. +% +% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex. +\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi +% +\def\texinfoversion{2006-02-13.16} +% +% Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, +% 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free +% Software Foundation, Inc. +% +% This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +% published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at +% your option) any later version. +% +% This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be +% useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty +% of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +% General Public License for more details. +% +% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +% along with this texinfo.tex file; see the file COPYING. If not, write +% to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, +% Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. +% +% As a special exception, when this file is read by TeX when processing +% a Texinfo source document, you may use the result without +% restriction. (This has been our intent since Texinfo was invented.) +% +% Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug +% reports; you can get the latest version from: +% http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page), or +% ftp://tug.org/tex/texinfo.tex +% (and all CTAN mirrors, see http://www.ctan.org). +% The texinfo.tex in any given distribution could well be out +% of date, so if that's what you're using, please check. +% +% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. Please include including a +% complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the +% problem. Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated. +% +% To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the +% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For a simple +% manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this: +% tex foo.texi +% texindex foo.?? +% tex foo.texi +% tex foo.texi +% dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever; this makes foo.ps. +% The extra TeX runs get the cross-reference information correct. +% Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more +% than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary. +% +% It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages, to some +% extent. You can get the existing language-specific files from the +% full Texinfo distribution. +% +% The GNU Texinfo home page is http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo. + + +\message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:} + +% If in a .fmt file, print the version number +% and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because +% they might have appeared in the input file name. +\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}% + \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active} + +\message{Basics,} +\chardef\other=12 + +% We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo. +% For @tex, we can use \tabalign. +\let\+ = \relax + +% Save some plain tex macros whose names we will redefine. +\let\ptexb=\b +\let\ptexbullet=\bullet +\let\ptexc=\c +\let\ptexcomma=\, +\let\ptexdot=\. +\let\ptexdots=\dots +\let\ptexend=\end +\let\ptexequiv=\equiv +\let\ptexexclam=\! +\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote +\let\ptexgtr=> +\let\ptexhat=^ +\let\ptexi=\i +\let\ptexindent=\indent +\let\ptexinsert=\insert +\let\ptexlbrace=\{ +\let\ptexless=< +\let\ptexnewwrite\newwrite +\let\ptexnoindent=\noindent +\let\ptexplus=+ +\let\ptexrbrace=\} +\let\ptexslash=\/ +\let\ptexstar=\* +\let\ptext=\t + +% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it +% starts a new line in the output. +\newlinechar = `^^J + +% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error +% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. +% +\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined + \let\linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0. +\else + \def\linenumber{l.\the\inputlineno:\space} +\fi + +% Set up fixed words for English if not already set. +\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi +\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi +\ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi +\ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi +\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi +\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi +\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi +\ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi +\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi +\ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi +\ifx\putwordof\undefined \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi +\ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi +\ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi +\ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi +\ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi +\ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi +\ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi +\ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi +\ifx\putwordTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi +% +\ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi +\ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi +\ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi +\ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi +\ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi +\ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi +\ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi +\ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi +\ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi +\ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi +\ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi +\ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi +% +\ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi +\ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi +\ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi +\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi +\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi + +% Since the category of space is not known, we have to be careful. +\chardef\spacecat = 10 +\def\spaceisspace{\catcode`\ =\spacecat} + +% Ignore a token. +% +\def\gobble#1{} + +% The following is used inside several \edef's. +\def\makecsname#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname} + +% Hyphenation fixes. +\hyphenation{ + Flor-i-da Ghost-script Ghost-view Mac-OS Post-Script + ap-pen-dix bit-map bit-maps + data-base data-bases eshell fall-ing half-way long-est man-u-script + man-u-scripts mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers over-view par-a-digm + par-a-digms rath-er rec-tan-gu-lar ro-bot-ics se-vere-ly set-up spa-ces + spell-ing spell-ings + stand-alone strong-est time-stamp time-stamps which-ever white-space + wide-spread wrap-around +} + +% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages. +\newdimen\bindingoffset +\newdimen\normaloffset +\newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight + +% For a final copy, take out the rectangles +% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided +% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin). +% +\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt} + +% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should +% surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the +% change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would +% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main +% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change). +% +\def\|{% + % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode. + \leavevmode + % + % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output. + \vadjust{% + % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current + % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record. + \vskip-\baselineskip + % + % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So + % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin. + \llap{% + % + % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'. + \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt + % + % This is the space between the bar and the text. + \hskip 12pt + }% + }% +} + +% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file +% and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here, +% since that produces some useless output on the terminal. We also make +% some effort to order the tracing commands to reduce output in the log +% file; cf. trace.sty in LaTeX. +% +\def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}% +\def\loggingall{% + \tracingstats2 + \tracingpages1 + \tracinglostchars2 % 2 gives us more in etex + \tracingparagraphs1 + \tracingoutput1 + \tracingmacros2 + \tracingrestores1 + \showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen + \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined\else % etex gives us more logging + \tracingscantokens1 + \tracingifs1 + \tracinggroups1 + \tracingnesting2 + \tracingassigns1 + \fi + \tracingcommands3 % 3 gives us more in etex + \errorcontextlines16 +}% + +% add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions. If the last thing +% we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space. +% +\def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount + \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi} +\def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount + \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi} +\def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount + \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi} + +% For @cropmarks command. +% Do @cropmarks to get crop marks. +% +\newif\ifcropmarks +\let\cropmarks = \cropmarkstrue +% +% Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners. +% Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986 +% +\newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines +\newdimen\cornerlong \cornerlong=1pc +\newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt +\newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in + +% Main output routine. +\chardef\PAGE = 255 +\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}} + +\newbox\headlinebox +\newbox\footlinebox + +% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument. Note that \pagecontents +% does insertions, but you have to call it yourself. +\def\onepageout#1{% + \ifcropmarks \hoffset=0pt \else \hoffset=\normaloffset \fi + % + \ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset + \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi + % + % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in + % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code). + \setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}% + \setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}% + % + {% + % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to + % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends + % before the \shipout runs. + % + \indexdummies % don't expand commands in the output. + \normalturnoffactive % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if + % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example. + % We don't want .vr (or whatever) entries like this: + % \entry{{\tt \indexbackslash }acronym}{32}{\code {\acronym}} + % "\acronym" won't work when it's read back in; + % it needs to be + % {\code {{\tt \backslashcurfont }acronym} + \shipout\vbox{% + % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page. + \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi + % + \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup + \hsize = \outerhsize + \vskip-\topandbottommargin + \vtop to0pt{% + \line{\ewtop\hfil\ewtop}% + \nointerlineskip + \line{% + \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}% + \hfill + \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}% + }% + \vss}% + \vskip\topandbottommargin + \line\bgroup + \hfil % center the page within the outer (page) hsize. + \ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi + \vbox\bgroup + \fi + % + \unvbox\headlinebox + \pagebody{#1}% + \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt + % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty. + % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingxxx.) + % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect. + \vskip 2\baselineskip + \unvbox\footlinebox + \fi + % + \ifcropmarks + \egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup + \hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup + \vskip\topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill + \boxmaxdepth = \cornerthick + \vbox to0pt{\vss + \line{% + \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}% + \hfill + \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}% + }% + \nointerlineskip + \line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}% + }% + \egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause + \fi + }% end of \shipout\vbox + }% end of group with \indexdummies + \advancepageno + \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi +} + +\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen + +\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}} +{\catcode`\@ =11 +\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi +% marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala) +\ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present + \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi +\dimen@=\dp#1 \unvbox#1 +\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi +\ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi} +} + +% Here are the rules for the cropmarks. Note that they are +% offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize +% (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986) +% +\def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong} +\def\nstop{\vbox + {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}} +\def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong} +\def\nsbot{\vbox + {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}} + +% Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of +% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a +% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument. +% +\def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}} +\def\parseargusing#1#2{% + \def\next{#2}% + \begingroup + \obeylines + \spaceisspace + #1% + \parseargline\empty% Insert the \empty token, see \finishparsearg below. +} + +{\obeylines % + \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{% + \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg. + \argremovecomment #1\comment\ArgTerm% + }% +} + +% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment. +\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm} +\def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm} + +% Each occurrence of `\^^M' or `<space>\^^M' is replaced by a single space. +% +% \argremovec might leave us with trailing space, e.g., +% @end itemize @c foo +% This space token undergoes the same procedure and is eventually removed +% by \finishparsearg. +% +\def\argcheckspaces#1\^^M{\argcheckspacesX#1\^^M \^^M} +\def\argcheckspacesX#1 \^^M{\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M} +\def\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M#2\^^M#3\ArgTerm{% + \def\temp{#3}% + \ifx\temp\empty + % We cannot use \next here, as it holds the macro to run; + % thus we reuse \temp. + \let\temp\finishparsearg + \else + \let\temp\argcheckspaces + \fi + % Put the space token in: + \temp#1 #3\ArgTerm +} + +% If a _delimited_ argument is enclosed in braces, they get stripped; so +% to get _exactly_ the rest of the line, we had to prevent such situation. +% We prepended an \empty token at the very beginning and we expand it now, +% just before passing the control to \next. +% (Similarly, we have to think about #3 of \argcheckspacesY above: it is +% either the null string, or it ends with \^^M---thus there is no danger +% that a pair of braces would be stripped. +% +% But first, we have to remove the trailing space token. +% +\def\finishparsearg#1 \ArgTerm{\expandafter\next\expandafter{#1}} + +% \parseargdef\foo{...} +% is roughly equivalent to +% \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo} +% \def\Xfoo#1{...} +% +% Actually, I use \csname\string\foo\endcsname, ie. \\foo, as it is my +% favourite TeX trick. --kasal, 16nov03 + +\def\parseargdef#1{% + \expandafter \doparseargdef \csname\string#1\endcsname #1% +} +\def\doparseargdef#1#2{% + \def#2{\parsearg#1}% + \def#1##1% +} + +% Several utility definitions with active space: +{ + \obeyspaces + \gdef\obeyedspace{ } + + % Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword + % space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this + % is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input + % should produce a line of output anyway. + % + \gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie} + + % If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces + % therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the + % expansion of \tie (\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ). + \gdef\unsepspaces{\let =\space} +} + + +\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next} + +% Define the framework for environments in texinfo.tex. It's used like this: +% +% \envdef\foo{...} +% \def\Efoo{...} +% +% It's the responsibility of \envdef to insert \begingroup before the +% actual body; @end closes the group after calling \Efoo. \envdef also +% defines \thisenv, so the current environment is known; @end checks +% whether the environment name matches. The \checkenv macro can also be +% used to check whether the current environment is the one expected. +% +% Non-false conditionals (@iftex, @ifset) don't fit into this, so they +% are not treated as environments; they don't open a group. (The +% implementation of @end takes care not to call \endgroup in this +% special case.) + + +% At runtime, environments start with this: +\def\startenvironment#1{\begingroup\def\thisenv{#1}} +% initialize +\let\thisenv\empty + +% ... but they get defined via ``\envdef\foo{...}'': +\long\def\envdef#1#2{\def#1{\startenvironment#1#2}} +\def\envparseargdef#1#2{\parseargdef#1{\startenvironment#1#2}} + +% Check whether we're in the right environment: +\def\checkenv#1{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\thisenv\temp + \else + \badenverr + \fi +} + +% Environment mismatch, #1 expected: +\def\badenverr{% + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{This command can appear only \inenvironment\temp, + not \inenvironment\thisenv}% +} +\def\inenvironment#1{% + \ifx#1\empty + out of any environment% + \else + in environment \expandafter\string#1% + \fi +} + +% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo. +% But first, it executes a specialized version of \checkenv +% +\parseargdef\end{% + \if 1\csname iscond.#1\endcsname + \else + % The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal, but... --kasal, 06nov03 + \expandafter\checkenv\csname#1\endcsname + \csname E#1\endcsname + \endgroup + \fi +} + +\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.} + + +%% Simple single-character @ commands + +% @@ prints an @ +% Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr). +\def\@{{\tt\char64}} + +% This is turned off because it was never documented +% and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures. +%% Define @` and @' to be the same as ` and ' +%% but suppressing ligatures. +%\def\`{{`}} +%\def\'{{'}} + +% Used to generate quoted braces. +\def\mylbrace {{\tt\char123}} +\def\myrbrace {{\tt\char125}} +\let\{=\mylbrace +\let\}=\myrbrace +\begingroup + % Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices, + % and @{ and @} for the aux/toc files. + \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other + \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2 + \catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other + !gdef!lbracecmd[\{]% + !gdef!rbracecmd[\}]% + !gdef!lbraceatcmd[@{]% + !gdef!rbraceatcmd[@}]% +!endgroup + +% @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems. +\let\comma = , + +% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent +% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H. +\let\, = \c +\let\dotaccent = \. +\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}} +\let\tieaccent = \t +\let\ubaraccent = \b +\let\udotaccent = \d + +% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm +% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss. +\def\questiondown{?`} +\def\exclamdown{!`} +\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{a}}} +\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{o}}} + +% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents. +\def\imacro{i} +\def\jmacro{j} +\def\dotless#1{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\imacro \ptexi + \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \j + \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}% + \fi\fi +} + +% The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a +% period following counts as ending a sentence. (Idea found in latex.) +% +\edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=1000 } + +% @LaTeX{} logo. Not quite the same results as the definition in +% latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most +% convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using +% the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and +% \scriptscriptstyle). +% +\def\LaTeX{% + L\kern-.36em + {\setbox0=\hbox{T}% + \vbox to \ht0{\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize A}\vss}}% + \kern-.15em + \TeX +} + +% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space +% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space +% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and +% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the +% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph. +{\catcode`@ = 11 + % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble + % if the definition is written into an index file. + \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M + \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ } +} + +% @: forces normal size whitespace following. +\def\:{\spacefactor=1000 } + +% @* forces a line break. +\def\*{\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces} + +% @/ allows a line break. +\let\/=\allowbreak + +% @. is an end-of-sentence period. +\def\.{.\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space} + +% @! is an end-of-sentence bang. +\def\!{!\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space} + +% @? is an end-of-sentence query. +\def\?{?\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space} + +% @frenchspacing on|off says whether to put extra space after punctuation. +% +\def\onword{on} +\def\offword{off} +% +\parseargdef\frenchspacing{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\onword \plainfrenchspacing + \else\ifx\temp\offword \plainnonfrenchspacing + \else + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Unknown @frenchspacing option `\temp', must be on/off}% + \fi\fi +} + +% @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the +% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would +% produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph. +\def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}} + +% @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing +% it in a TeX vbox. We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box +% to keep its height that of a normal line. According to the rules for +% \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is +% max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0). If that height is large, +% therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and +% the text is small, which looks bad. +% +% Another complication is that the group might be very large. This can +% cause the glue on the previous page to be unduly stretched, because it +% does not have much material. In this case, it's better to add an +% explicit \vfill so that the extra space is at the bottom. The +% threshold for doing this is if the group is more than \vfilllimit +% percent of a page (\vfilllimit can be changed inside of @tex). +% +\newbox\groupbox +\def\vfilllimit{0.7} +% +\envdef\group{% + \ifnum\catcode`\^^M=\active \else + \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp + \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}% + \fi + \startsavinginserts + % + \setbox\groupbox = \vtop\bgroup + % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as + % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an + % end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after + % the `@group' to put extra space in the output. Since @group + % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo + % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text. + \comment +} +% +% The \vtop produces a box with normal height and large depth; thus, TeX puts +% \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the next line of text is done) +% \lineskip glue after it. Thus, space below is not quite equal to space +% above. But it's pretty close. +\def\Egroup{% + % To get correct interline space between the last line of the group + % and the first line afterwards, we have to propagate \prevdepth. + \endgraf % Not \par, as it may have been set to \lisppar. + \global\dimen1 = \prevdepth + \egroup % End the \vtop. + % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box. + \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox + % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less). + \dimen2 = \pageheight \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal + % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big + % group, force a page break. + \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2 + \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\pageheight + \page + \fi + \fi + \box\groupbox + \prevdepth = \dimen1 + \checkinserts +} +% +% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help +% message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'. +% +\newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{% +group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J% +where each line of input produces a line of output.} + +% @need space-in-mils +% forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining. + +\newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in + +% Old definition--didn't work. +%\parseargdef\need{\par % +%% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally +%% if the depth of the box does not fit. +%{\baselineskip=0pt% +%\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\nobreak +%\prevdepth=-1000pt +%}} + +\parseargdef\need{% + % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a + % paragraph. + \par + % + % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless. + \dimen0 = #1\mil + \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox + \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox + \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2 + % + % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the + % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line. + % And a page break here is fine. + \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}% + % + % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the + % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the + % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider + % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the + % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999. + % + % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the + % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in + % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which + % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing + % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an + % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real + % document, then we can reconsider our strategy. + \penalty9999 + % + % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not. + \kern -#1\mil + % + % Do not allow a page break right after this kern. + \nobreak + \fi +} + +% @br forces paragraph break (and is undocumented). + +\let\br = \par + +% @page forces the start of a new page. +% +\def\page{\par\vfill\supereject} + +% @exdent text.... +% outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin + +% This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment. +% That's how much \exdent should take out. +\newskip\exdentamount + +% This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun. +\parseargdef\exdent{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break} + +% This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example. +\parseargdef\nofillexdent{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount + \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}} + +% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current +% paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion +% class. WHICH is `l' or `r'. +% +\newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm +\def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox} +% +\def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{% + \nobreak + \kern-\strutdepth + \vtop to \strutdepth{% + \baselineskip=\strutdepth + \vss + % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to + % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size. + \ifx#1l% + \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}% + \else + \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}% + \fi + \null + }% +}} +\def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l} +\def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r} +% +% @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]} +% (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right; +% else use TEXT for both). +% +\def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish} +\def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing. + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% + \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt + \def\lefttext{#1}% have both texts + \def\righttext{#2}% + \else + \def\lefttext{#1}% have only one text + \def\righttext{#1}% + \fi + % + \ifodd\pageno + \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin + \else + \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}% + \fi + \temp +} + +% @include file insert text of that file as input. +% +\def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz} +\def\includezzz#1{% + \pushthisfilestack + \def\thisfile{#1}% + {% + \makevalueexpandable + \def\temp{\input #1 }% + \expandafter + }\temp + \popthisfilestack +} +\def\filenamecatcodes{% + \catcode`\\=\other + \catcode`~=\other + \catcode`^=\other + \catcode`_=\other + \catcode`|=\other + \catcode`<=\other + \catcode`>=\other + \catcode`+=\other + \catcode`-=\other +} + +\def\pushthisfilestack{% + \expandafter\pushthisfilestackX\popthisfilestack\StackTerm +} +\def\pushthisfilestackX{% + \expandafter\pushthisfilestackY\thisfile\StackTerm +} +\def\pushthisfilestackY #1\StackTerm #2\StackTerm {% + \gdef\popthisfilestack{\gdef\thisfile{#1}\gdef\popthisfilestack{#2}}% +} + +\def\popthisfilestack{\errthisfilestackempty} +\def\errthisfilestackempty{\errmessage{Internal error: + the stack of filenames is empty.}} + +\def\thisfile{} + +% @center line +% outputs that line, centered. +% +\parseargdef\center{% + \ifhmode + \let\next\centerH + \else + \let\next\centerV + \fi + \next{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}% +} +\def\centerH#1{% + {% + \hfil\break + \advance\hsize by -\leftskip + \advance\hsize by -\rightskip + \line{#1}% + \break + }% +} +\def\centerV#1{\line{\kern\leftskip #1\kern\rightskip}} + +% @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space + +\parseargdef\sp{\vskip #1\baselineskip} + +% @comment ...line which is ignored... +% @c is the same as @comment +% @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment + +\def\comment{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\other% +\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other% +\commentxxx} +{\catcode`\^^M=\other \gdef\commentxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}} + +\let\c=\comment + +% @paragraphindent NCHARS +% We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough. +% NCHARS can also be the word `asis' or `none'. +% We cannot feasibly implement @paragraphindent asis, though. +% +\def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords +\def\noneword{none} +% +\parseargdef\paragraphindent{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\asisword + \else + \ifx\temp\noneword + \defaultparindent = 0pt + \else + \defaultparindent = #1em + \fi + \fi + \parindent = \defaultparindent +} + +% @exampleindent NCHARS +% We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent. +% It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but +% I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent. +\parseargdef\exampleindent{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\asisword + \else + \ifx\temp\noneword + \lispnarrowing = 0pt + \else + \lispnarrowing = #1em + \fi + \fi +} + +% @firstparagraphindent WORD +% If WORD is `none', then suppress indentation of the first paragraph +% after a section heading. If WORD is `insert', then do indent at such +% paragraphs. +% +% The paragraph indentation is suppressed or not by calling +% \suppressfirstparagraphindent, which the sectioning commands do. +% We switch the definition of this back and forth according to WORD. +% By default, we suppress indentation. +% +\def\suppressfirstparagraphindent{\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent} +\def\insertword{insert} +% +\parseargdef\firstparagraphindent{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\noneword + \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \dosuppressfirstparagraphindent + \else\ifx\temp\insertword + \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \relax + \else + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Unknown @firstparagraphindent option `\temp'}% + \fi\fi +} + +% Here is how we actually suppress indentation. Redefine \everypar to +% \kern backwards by \parindent, and then reset itself to empty. +% +% We also make \indent itself not actually do anything until the next +% paragraph. +% +\gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{% + \gdef\indent{% + \restorefirstparagraphindent + \indent + }% + \gdef\noindent{% + \restorefirstparagraphindent + \noindent + }% + \global\everypar = {% + \kern -\parindent + \restorefirstparagraphindent + }% +} + +\gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{% + \global \let \indent = \ptexindent + \global \let \noindent = \ptexnoindent + \global \everypar = {}% +} + + +% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example. +% +\def\asis#1{#1} + +% @math outputs its argument in math mode. +% +% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean +% an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}. So make +% _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam, +% which is what @var uses. +{ + \catcode`\_ = \active + \gdef\mathunderscore{% + \catcode`\_=\active + \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}% + } +} +% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a \ character. +% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (why?), but +% this is not advertised and we don't care. Texinfo does not +% otherwise define @\. +% +% The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\. +\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi} +% +\def\math{% + \tex + \mathunderscore + \let\\ = \mathbackslash + \mathactive + $\finishmath +} +\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup} % Close the group opened by \tex. + +% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math. +% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument +% to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section). +% +{ + \catcode`^ = \active + \catcode`< = \active + \catcode`> = \active + \catcode`+ = \active + \gdef\mathactive{% + \let^ = \ptexhat + \let< = \ptexless + \let> = \ptexgtr + \let+ = \ptexplus + } +} + +% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above. +\def\bullet{$\ptexbullet$} +\def\minus{$-$} + +% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font. +% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in a typewriter +% font as three actual period characters. +% +\def\dots{% + \leavevmode + \hbox to 1.5em{% + \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil + .\hfil.\hfil.% + \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil + }% +} + +% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis. +% +\def\enddots{% + \dots + \spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor +} + +% @comma{} is so commas can be inserted into text without messing up +% Texinfo's parsing. +% +\let\comma = , + +% @refill is a no-op. +\let\refill=\relax + +% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to +% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs. +% This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename). +% +\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files. +\let\novalidate = \linksfalse + +% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file. +% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input. +% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo. +\def\setfilename{% + \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'. + \iflinks + \tryauxfile + % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit. + \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux + \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case. + \openindices + \let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds. + % + % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it. + % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc. + \openin 1 texinfo.cnf + \ifeof 1 \else \input texinfo.cnf \fi + \closein 1 + % + \comment % Ignore the actual filename. +} + +% Called from \setfilename. +% +\def\openindices{% + \newindex{cp}% + \newcodeindex{fn}% + \newcodeindex{vr}% + \newcodeindex{tp}% + \newcodeindex{ky}% + \newcodeindex{pg}% +} + +% @bye. +\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend} + + +\message{pdf,} +% adobe `portable' document format +\newcount\tempnum +\newcount\lnkcount +\newtoks\filename +\newcount\filenamelength +\newcount\pgn +\newtoks\toksA +\newtoks\toksB +\newtoks\toksC +\newtoks\toksD +\newbox\boxA +\newcount\countA +\newif\ifpdf +\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest + +% when pdftex is run in dvi mode, \pdfoutput is defined (so \pdfoutput=1 +% can be set). So we test for \relax and 0 as well as \undefined, +% borrowed from ifpdf.sty. +\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined +\else + \ifx\pdfoutput\relax + \else + \ifcase\pdfoutput + \else + \pdftrue + \fi + \fi +\fi + +% PDF uses PostScript string constants for the names of xref targets, +% for display in the outlines, and in other places. Thus, we have to +% double any backslashes. Otherwise, a name like "\node" will be +% interpreted as a newline (\n), followed by o, d, e. Not good. +% http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-July/000654.html +% (and related messages, the final outcome is that it is up to the TeX +% user to double the backslashes and otherwise make the string valid, so +% that's what we do). + +% double active backslashes. +% +{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active + @gdef@activebackslashdouble{% + @catcode`@\=@active + @let\=@doublebackslash} +} + +% To handle parens, we must adopt a different approach, since parens are +% not active characters. hyperref.dtx (which has the same problem as +% us) handles it with this amazing macro to replace tokens. I've +% tinkered with it a little for texinfo, but it's definitely from there. +% +% #1 is the tokens to replace. +% #2 is the replacement. +% #3 is the control sequence with the string. +% +\def\HyPsdSubst#1#2#3{% + \def\HyPsdReplace##1#1##2\END{% + ##1% + \ifx\\##2\\% + \else + #2% + \HyReturnAfterFi{% + \HyPsdReplace##2\END + }% + \fi + }% + \xdef#3{\expandafter\HyPsdReplace#3#1\END}% +} +\long\def\HyReturnAfterFi#1\fi{\fi#1} + +% #1 is a control sequence in which to do the replacements. +\def\backslashparens#1{% + \xdef#1{#1}% redefine it as its expansion; the definition is simply + % \lastnode when called from \setref -> \pdfmkdest. + \HyPsdSubst{(}{\realbackslash(}{#1}% + \HyPsdSubst{)}{\realbackslash)}{#1}% +} + +\ifpdf + \input pdfcolor + \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}% + \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{% + \def\imagewidth{#2}% + \def\imageheight{#3}% + % without \immediate, pdftex seg faults when the same image is + % included twice. (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.) + \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 + \immediate\pdfimage + \else + \immediate\pdfximage + \fi + \ifx\empty\imagewidth\else width \imagewidth \fi + \ifx\empty\imageheight\else height \imageheight \fi + \ifnum\pdftexversion<13 + #1.pdf% + \else + {#1.pdf}% + \fi + \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else + \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage + \fi} + \def\pdfmkdest#1{{% + % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters + % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title. + \atdummies + \activebackslashdouble + \def\pdfdestname{#1}% + \backslashparens\pdfdestname + \pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz% + }}% + % + % used to mark target names; must be expandable. + \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1}% + % + \let\linkcolor = \Blue % was Cyan, but that seems light? + \def\endlink{\Black\pdfendlink} + % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines + % come from Petr Olsak + \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0% + \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi} + \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax + \advance\tempnum by 1 + \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}} + % + % #1 is the section text, which is what will be displayed in the + % outline by the pdf viewer. #2 is the pdf expression for the number + % of subentries (or empty, for subsubsections). #3 is the node text, + % which might be empty if this toc entry had no corresponding node. + % #4 is the page number + % + \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{% + % Generate a link to the node text if that exists; else, use the + % page number. We could generate a destination for the section + % text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't + % seem worth the trouble, since most documents are normally structured. + \def\pdfoutlinedest{#3}% + \ifx\pdfoutlinedest\empty + \def\pdfoutlinedest{#4}% + \else + % Doubled backslashes in the name. + {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfoutlinedest{#3}% + \backslashparens\pdfoutlinedest}% + \fi + % + % Also double the backslashes in the display string. + {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfoutlinetext{#1}% + \backslashparens\pdfoutlinetext}% + % + \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfoutlinedest}}#2{\pdfoutlinetext}% + } + % + \def\pdfmakeoutlines{% + \begingroup + % Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks + \edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace + \edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace + % + % Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline. + \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{% + \def\thischapnum{##2}% + \def\thissecnum{0}% + \def\thissubsecnum{0}% + }% + \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{% + \advancenumber{chap\thischapnum}% + \def\thissecnum{##2}% + \def\thissubsecnum{0}% + }% + \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% + \advancenumber{sec\thissecnum}% + \def\thissubsecnum{##2}% + }% + \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% + \advancenumber{subsec\thissubsecnum}% + }% + \def\thischapnum{0}% + \def\thissecnum{0}% + \def\thissubsecnum{0}% + % + % use \def rather than \let here because we redefine \chapentry et + % al. a second time, below. + \def\appentry{\numchapentry}% + \def\appsecentry{\numsecentry}% + \def\appsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}% + \def\appsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}% + \def\unnchapentry{\numchapentry}% + \def\unnsecentry{\numsecentry}% + \def\unnsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}% + \def\unnsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}% + \readdatafile{toc}% + % + % Read toc second time, this time actually producing the outlines. + % The `-' means take the \expnumber as the absolute number of + % subentries, which we calculated on our first read of the .toc above. + % + % We use the node names as the destinations. + \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{% + \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}% + \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{% + \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{sec##2}}{##3}{##4}}% + \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% + \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{subsec##2}}{##3}{##4}}% + \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% count is always zero + \dopdfoutline{##1}{}{##3}{##4}}% + % + % PDF outlines are displayed using system fonts, instead of + % document fonts. Therefore we cannot use special characters, + % since the encoding is unknown. For example, the eogonek from + % Latin 2 (0xea) gets translated to a | character. Info from + % Staszek Wawrykiewicz, 19 Jan 2004 04:09:24 +0100. + % + % xx to do this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to + % their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding. Right + % now, I guess we'll just let the pdf reader have its way. + \indexnofonts + \setupdatafile + \catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash + \input \jobname.toc + \endgroup + } + % + \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}% + \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax + \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces + \ifx\p\space\else\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}% + \advance\filenamelength by 1 + \fi + \fi + \nextsp} + \def\getfilename#1{\filenamelength=0\expandafter\skipspaces#1|\relax} + \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 + \let \startlink \pdfannotlink + \else + \let \startlink \pdfstartlink + \fi + % make a live url in pdf output. + \def\pdfurl#1{% + \begingroup + % it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not + % tried to figure out what each command should do in the context + % of @url. for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one + % people have actually reported a problem with. + % + \normalturnoffactive + \def\@{@}% + \let\/=\empty + \makevalueexpandable + \leavevmode\Red + \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% + user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}% + \endgroup} + \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}} + \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks} + \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks} + \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}} + \def\maketoks{% + \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax + \ifx\first0\adn0 + \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3 + \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6 + \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9 + \else + \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi + \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else + \let\next=\maketoks + \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD} + \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi + \fi + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi + \next} + \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}% + {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0} + \def\pdflink#1{% + \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}} + \linkcolor #1\endlink} + \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st} +\else + \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble + \let\pdfurl = \gobble + \let\endlink = \relax + \let\linkcolor = \relax + \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax +\fi % \ifx\pdfoutput + + +\message{fonts,} + +% Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle. +% For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in +% italics, not bold italics. +% +\def\setfontstyle#1{% + \def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd. + \csname ten#1\endcsname % change the current font +} + +% Select #1 fonts with the current style. +% +\def\selectfonts#1{\csname #1fonts\endcsname \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname} + +\def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}} +\def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}} +\def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}} +\def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}\def\bfstylename{bf} +\def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}} + +% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not. +% So we set up a \sf. +\newfam\sffam +\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}} +\let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf. + +% We don't need math for this font style. +\def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}} + +% Default leading. +\newdimen\textleading \textleading = 13.2pt + +% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size +% correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers +% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined. +% +\def\lineskipfactor{.08333} +\def\strutheightpercent{.70833} +\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167} +% +\def\setleading#1{% + \normalbaselineskip = #1\relax + \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip + \normalbaselines + \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{% + \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip + depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip + }% +} + +% Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the +% specified font prefix (normally `cm'). +% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor +\def\setfont#1#2#3#4{\font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4} + +% Use cm as the default font prefix. +% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix +% before you read in texinfo.tex. +\ifx\fontprefix\undefined +\def\fontprefix{cm} +\fi +% Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM. +\def\rmshape{r} +\def\rmbshape{bx} %where the normal face is bold +\def\bfshape{b} +\def\bxshape{bx} +\def\ttshape{tt} +\def\ttbshape{tt} +\def\ttslshape{sltt} +\def\itshape{ti} +\def\itbshape{bxti} +\def\slshape{sl} +\def\slbshape{bxsl} +\def\sfshape{ss} +\def\sfbshape{ss} +\def\scshape{csc} +\def\scbshape{csc} + +% Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1). +\def\textnominalsize{11pt} +\edef\mainmagstep{\magstephalf} +\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep +\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep + +% A few fonts for @defun names and args. +\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1} +\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1} +\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1} +\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf} + +% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt). +\def\smallnominalsize{9pt} +\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000} +\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000} +\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900} +\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000} +\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000} +\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000} +\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900} +\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900} +\font\smalli=cmmi9 +\font\smallsy=cmsy9 + +% Fonts for small examples (8pt). +\def\smallernominalsize{8pt} +\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000} +\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000} +\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800} +\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000} +\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000} +\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000} +\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800} +\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800} +\font\smalleri=cmmi8 +\font\smallersy=cmsy8 + +% Fonts for title page (20.4pt): +\def\titlenominalsize{20pt} +\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3} +\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4} +\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4} +\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3} +\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4} +\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1} +\let\titlebf=\titlerm +\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4} +\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3 +\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4 +\def\authorrm{\secrm} +\def\authortt{\sectt} + +% Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt). +\def\chapnominalsize{17pt} +\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2} +\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3} +\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3} +\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2} +\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3} +\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000} +\let\chapbf=\chaprm +\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3} +\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2 +\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3 + +% Section fonts (14.4pt). +\def\secnominalsize{14pt} +\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1} +\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2} +\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2} +\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1} +\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2} +\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1} +\let\secbf\secrm +\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2} +\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1 +\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2 + +% Subsection fonts (13.15pt). +\def\ssecnominalsize{13pt} +\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf} +\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315} +\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315} +\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf} +\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315} +\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf} +\let\ssecbf\ssecrm +\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1315} +\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf +\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315 + +% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (10pt). +\def\reducednominalsize{10pt} +\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000} +\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000} +\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{1000} +\setfont\reducedit\itshape{10}{1000} +\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{10}{1000} +\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{10}{1000} +\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{1000} +\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000} +\font\reducedi=cmmi10 +\font\reducedsy=cmsy10 + +% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters, +% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. Since +% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts except +% in the main text, we don't bother to reset \scriptfont and +% \scriptscriptfont (which would also require loading a lot more fonts). +% +\def\resetmathfonts{% + \textfont0=\tenrm \textfont1=\teni \textfont2=\tensy + \textfont\itfam=\tenit \textfont\slfam=\tensl \textfont\bffam=\tenbf + \textfont\ttfam=\tentt \textfont\sffam=\tensf +} + +% The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead +% of just \STYLE. We do this because \STYLE needs to also set the +% current \fam for math mode. Our \STYLE (e.g., \rm) commands hardwire +% \tenSTYLE to set the current font. +% +% Each font-changing command also sets the names \lsize (one size lower) +% and \lllsize (three sizes lower). These relative commands are used in +% the LaTeX logo and acronyms. +% +% This all needs generalizing, badly. +% +\def\textfonts{% + \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl + \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc + \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy + \let\tenttsl=\textttsl + \def\curfontsize{text}% + \def\lsize{reduced}\def\lllsize{smaller}% + \resetmathfonts \setleading{\textleading}} +\def\titlefonts{% + \let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl + \let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc + \let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy + \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl + \def\curfontsize{title}% + \def\lsize{chap}\def\lllsize{subsec}% + \resetmathfonts \setleading{25pt}} +\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}} +\def\chapfonts{% + \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl + \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc + \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy + \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl + \def\curfontsize{chap}% + \def\lsize{sec}\def\lllsize{text}% + \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}} +\def\secfonts{% + \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl + \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc + \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy + \let\tenttsl=\secttsl + \def\curfontsize{sec}% + \def\lsize{subsec}\def\lllsize{reduced}% + \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}} +\def\subsecfonts{% + \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl + \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc + \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy + \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl + \def\curfontsize{ssec}% + \def\lsize{text}\def\lllsize{small}% + \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}} +\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts +\def\reducedfonts{% + \let\tenrm=\reducedrm \let\tenit=\reducedit \let\tensl=\reducedsl + \let\tenbf=\reducedbf \let\tentt=\reducedtt \let\reducedcaps=\reducedsc + \let\tensf=\reducedsf \let\teni=\reducedi \let\tensy=\reducedsy + \let\tenttsl=\reducedttsl + \def\curfontsize{reduced}% + \def\lsize{small}\def\lllsize{smaller}% + \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}} +\def\smallfonts{% + \let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl + \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc + \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy + \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl + \def\curfontsize{small}% + \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}% + \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}} +\def\smallerfonts{% + \let\tenrm=\smallerrm \let\tenit=\smallerit \let\tensl=\smallersl + \let\tenbf=\smallerbf \let\tentt=\smallertt \let\smallcaps=\smallersc + \let\tensf=\smallersf \let\teni=\smalleri \let\tensy=\smallersy + \let\tenttsl=\smallerttsl + \def\curfontsize{smaller}% + \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}% + \resetmathfonts \setleading{9.5pt}} + +% Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments. +\let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts + +% About \smallexamplefonts. If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample +% can fit this many characters: +% 8.5x11=86 smallbook=72 a4=90 a5=69 +% If we use \scriptfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters: +% 8.5x11=90+ smallbook=80 a4=90+ a5=77 +% For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth +% the additional smallness of 8pt. So I'm making the default 9pt. +% +% By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt): +% 8.5x11=71 smallbook=60 a4=75 a5=58 +% +% I wish the USA used A4 paper. +% --karl, 24jan03. + + +% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes. +% +\textfonts \rm + +% Define these so they can be easily changed for other fonts. +\def\angleleft{$\langle$} +\def\angleright{$\rangle$} + +% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks +\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0 + +% Fonts for short table of contents. +\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000} +\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1} % no cmb12 +\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000} +\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000} + +%% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans +%% serif) and @ii for TeX italic + +% \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction +% unless the following character is such as not to need one. +\def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else + \ptexslash\fi\fi\fi} +\def\smartslanted#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} +\def\smartitalic#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\it #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} + +% like \smartslanted except unconditionally uses \ttsl. +% @var is set to this for defun arguments. +\def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} + +% like \smartslanted except unconditionally use \sl. We never want +% ttsl for book titles, do we? +\def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} + +\let\i=\smartitalic +\let\slanted=\smartslanted +\let\var=\smartslanted +\let\dfn=\smartslanted +\let\emph=\smartitalic + +% @b, explicit bold. +\def\b#1{{\bf #1}} +\let\strong=\b + +% @sansserif, explicit sans. +\def\sansserif#1{{\sf #1}} + +% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at +% the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the +% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called. +% +\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation} +\def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- } + +% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value. +% Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and +% sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up. +% +\chardef\colonChar = `\: +\chardef\commaChar = `\, +\chardef\dotChar = `\. +\chardef\exclamChar= `\! +\chardef\questChar = `\? +\chardef\semiChar = `\; +% +\catcode`@=11 + \def\plainfrenchspacing{% + \sfcode\dotChar =\@m \sfcode\questChar=\@m \sfcode\exclamChar=\@m + \sfcode\colonChar=\@m \sfcode\semiChar =\@m \sfcode\commaChar =\@m + \def\endofsentencespacefactor{1000}% for @. and friends + } + \def\plainnonfrenchspacing{% + \sfcode`\.3000\sfcode`\?3000\sfcode`\!3000 + \sfcode`\:2000\sfcode`\;1500\sfcode`\,1250 + \def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% for @. and friends + } +\catcode`@=\other +\def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% default + +\def\t#1{% + {\tt \rawbackslash \plainfrenchspacing #1}% + \null +} +\def\samp#1{`\tclose{#1}'\null} +\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000} +\font\keysy=cmsy9 +\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{% + \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{% + \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt + \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}% + \kern-0.4pt\hrule}% + \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}} +% The old definition, with no lozenge: +%\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null} +\def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1} + +% @file, @option are the same as @samp. +\let\file=\samp +\let\option=\samp + +% @code is a modification of @t, +% which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text. +\def\tclose#1{% + {% + % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font. + \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font + % + % Switch to typewriter. + \tt + % + % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space. + \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}% + % + % Turn off hyphenation. + \nohyphenation + % + \rawbackslash + \plainfrenchspacing + #1% + }% + \null +} + +% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in @code. +% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes +% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc. + +% Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control +% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words. +% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that) +% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash. +% -- rms. +{ + \catcode`\-=\active + \catcode`\_=\active + % + \global\def\code{\begingroup + \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active + \ifallowcodebreaks + \let-\codedash + \let_\codeunder + \else + \let-\realdash + \let_\realunder + \fi + \codex + } +} + +\def\realdash{-} +\def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}} +\def\codeunder{% + % this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work. In math mode, _ + % is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.) + % will therefore expand the active definition of _, which is us + % (inside @code that is), therefore an endless loop. + \ifusingtt{\ifmmode + \mathchar"075F % class 0=ordinary, family 7=ttfam, pos 0x5F=_. + \else\normalunderscore \fi + \discretionary{}{}{}}% + {\_}% +} +\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup} + +% An additional complication: the above will allow breaks after, e.g., +% each of the four underscores in __typeof__. This is undesirable in +% some manuals, especially if they don't have long identifiers in +% general. @allowcodebreaks provides a way to control this. +% +\newif\ifallowcodebreaks \allowcodebreakstrue + +\def\keywordtrue{true} +\def\keywordfalse{false} + +\parseargdef\allowcodebreaks{% + \def\txiarg{#1}% + \ifx\txiarg\keywordtrue + \allowcodebreakstrue + \else\ifx\txiarg\keywordfalse + \allowcodebreaksfalse + \else + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Unknown @allowcodebreaks option `\txiarg'}% + \fi\fi +} + +% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command, +% then @kbd has no effect. + +% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always), +% `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends), +% or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always). +\parseargdef\kbdinputstyle{% + \def\txiarg{#1}% + \ifx\txiarg\worddistinct + \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}% + \else\ifx\txiarg\wordexample + \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% + \else\ifx\txiarg\wordcode + \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% + \else + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle option `\txiarg'}% + \fi\fi\fi +} +\def\worddistinct{distinct} +\def\wordexample{example} +\def\wordcode{code} + +% Default is `distinct.' +\kbdinputstyle distinct + +\def\xkey{\key} +\def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}% +\ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}% +\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi +\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi} + +% For @indicateurl, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code. +\let\indicateurl=\code +\let\env=\code +\let\command=\code + +% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated) +% second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third +% arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url +% itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. Perhaps eventually put in +% a hypertex \special here. +% +\def\uref#1{\douref #1,,,\finish} +\def\douref#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup + \unsepspaces + \pdfurl{#1}% + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% + \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt + \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that + \else + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% + \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt + \ifpdf + \unhbox0 % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it + \else + \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url + \fi + \else + \code{#1}% only url given, so show it + \fi + \fi + \endlink +\endgroup} + +% @url synonym for @uref, since that's how everyone uses it. +% +\let\url=\uref + +% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97. +% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf. +% +%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright} +\ifpdf + \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish} + \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup + \unsepspaces + \pdfurl{mailto:#1}% + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% + \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi + \endlink + \endgroup} +\else + \let\email=\uref +\fi + +% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the +% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and +% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have +% this property, we can check that font parameter. +% +\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt } + +% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the +% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt. +% +\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1} + +\def\kbd#1{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par} + +% @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'', +% and it is not used as such in any manual I can find. We need it for +% Polish suppressed-l. --karl, 22sep96. +%\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null} + +% Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii. +\def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font +\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font +\def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font + +% @acronym for "FBI", "NATO", and the like. +% We print this one point size smaller, since it's intended for +% all-uppercase. +% +\def\acronym#1{\doacronym #1,,\finish} +\def\doacronym#1,#2,#3\finish{% + {\selectfonts\lsize #1}% + \def\temp{#2}% + \ifx\temp\empty \else + \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})% + \fi +} + +% @abbr for "Comput. J." and the like. +% No font change, but don't do end-of-sentence spacing. +% +\def\abbr#1{\doabbr #1,,\finish} +\def\doabbr#1,#2,#3\finish{% + {\plainfrenchspacing #1}% + \def\temp{#2}% + \ifx\temp\empty \else + \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})% + \fi +} + +% @pounds{} is a sterling sign, which Knuth put in the CM italic font. +% +\def\pounds{{\it\$}} + +% @euro{} comes from a separate font, depending on the current style. +% We use the free feym* fonts from the eurosym package by Henrik +% Theiling, which support regular, slanted, bold and bold slanted (and +% "outlined" (blackboard board, sort of) versions, which we don't need). +% It is available from http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/eurosym. +% +% Although only regular is the truly official Euro symbol, we ignore +% that. The Euro is designed to be slightly taller than the regular +% font height. +% +% feymr - regular +% feymo - slanted +% feybr - bold +% feybo - bold slanted +% +% There is no good (free) typewriter version, to my knowledge. +% A feymr10 euro is ~7.3pt wide, while a normal cmtt10 char is ~5.25pt wide. +% Hmm. +% +% Also doesn't work in math. Do we need to do math with euro symbols? +% Hope not. +% +% +\def\euro{{\eurofont e}} +\def\eurofont{% + % We set the font at each command, rather than predefining it in + % \textfonts and the other font-switching commands, so that + % installations which never need the symbol don't have to have the + % font installed. + % + % There is only one designed size (nominal 10pt), so we always scale + % that to the current nominal size. + % + % By the way, simply using "at 1em" works for cmr10 and the like, but + % does not work for cmbx10 and other extended/shrunken fonts. + % + \def\eurosize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}% + % + \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename + % bold: + \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feybo10}{feybr10} at \eurosize + \else + % regular: + \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feymo10}{feymr10} at \eurosize + \fi + \thiseurofont +} + +% @registeredsymbol - R in a circle. The font for the R should really +% be smaller yet, but lllsize is the best we can do for now. +% Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright. +% +\def\registeredsymbol{% + $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize R}% + \hfil\crcr\Orb}}% + }$% +} + +% Laurent Siebenmann reports \Orb undefined with: +% Textures 1.7.7 (preloaded format=plain 93.10.14) (68K) 16 APR 2004 02:38 +% so we'll define it if necessary. +% +\ifx\Orb\undefined +\def\Orb{\mathhexbox20D} +\fi + + +\message{page headings,} + +\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in +\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc + +% First the title page. Must do @settitle before @titlepage. +\newif\ifseenauthor +\newif\iffinishedtitlepage + +% Do an implicit @contents or @shortcontents after @end titlepage if the +% user says @setcontentsaftertitlepage or @setshortcontentsaftertitlepage. +% +\newif\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage + \let\setcontentsaftertitlepage = \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue +\newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage + \let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue + +\parseargdef\shorttitlepage{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}% + \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page} + +\envdef\titlepage{% + % Open one extra group, as we want to close it in the middle of \Etitlepage. + \begingroup + \parindent=0pt \textfonts + % Leave some space at the very top of the page. + \vglue\titlepagetopglue + % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title. + \finishedtitlepagetrue + % + % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space + % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second. + \let\oldpage = \page + \def\page{% + \iffinishedtitlepage\else + \finishtitlepage + \fi + \let\page = \oldpage + \page + \null + }% +} + +\def\Etitlepage{% + \iffinishedtitlepage\else + \finishtitlepage + \fi + % It is important to do the page break before ending the group, + % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group. + % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page + % after the title page, which we certainly don't want. + \oldpage + \endgroup + % + % Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are + % in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers. + \HEADINGSon + % + % If they want short, they certainly want long too. + \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage + \shortcontents + \contents + \global\let\shortcontents = \relax + \global\let\contents = \relax + \fi + % + \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage + \contents + \global\let\contents = \relax + \global\let\shortcontents = \relax + \fi +} + +\def\finishtitlepage{% + \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize + \vskip\titlepagebottomglue + \finishedtitlepagetrue +} + +%%% Macros to be used within @titlepage: + +\let\subtitlerm=\tenrm +\def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines} + +\def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines + \let\tt=\authortt} + +\parseargdef\title{% + \checkenv\titlepage + \leftline{\titlefonts\rm #1} + % print a rule at the page bottom also. + \finishedtitlepagefalse + \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt +} + +\parseargdef\subtitle{% + \checkenv\titlepage + {\subtitlefont \rightline{#1}}% +} + +% @author should come last, but may come many times. +% It can also be used inside @quotation. +% +\parseargdef\author{% + \def\temp{\quotation}% + \ifx\thisenv\temp + \def\quotationauthor{#1}% printed in \Equotation. + \else + \checkenv\titlepage + \ifseenauthor\else \vskip 0pt plus 1filll \seenauthortrue \fi + {\authorfont \leftline{#1}}% + \fi +} + + +%%% Set up page headings and footings. + +\let\thispage=\folio + +\newtoks\evenheadline % headline on even pages +\newtoks\oddheadline % headline on odd pages +\newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages +\newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages + +% Now make TeX use those variables +\headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline + \else \the\evenheadline \fi}} +\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline + \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook} +\let\HEADINGShook=\relax + +% Commands to set those variables. +% For example, this is what @headings on does +% @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter +% @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle +% @evenfooting @thisfile|| +% @oddfooting ||@thisfile + + +\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx} +\def\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} +\def\evenheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% +\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} + +\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx} +\def\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} +\def\oddheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% +\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} + +\parseargdef\everyheading{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}% + +\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx} +\def\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} +\def\evenfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% +\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} + +\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx} +\def\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} +\def\oddfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% + \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}% + % + % Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume + % @evenfooting will not be used by itself. + \global\advance\pageheight by -\baselineskip + \global\advance\vsize by -\baselineskip +} + +\parseargdef\everyfooting{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}} + + +% @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing. +% @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing. +% @headings off turns them off. +% @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility. +% @headings after turns on double-sided headings after this page. +% @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page. +% @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page. +% By default, they are off at the start of a document, +% and turned `on' after @end titlepage. + +\def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname} + +\def\HEADINGSoff{% +\global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil} +\global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}} +\HEADINGSoff +% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1. +% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner, +% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document +% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top +% edge of all pages. +\def\HEADINGSdouble{% +\global\pageno=1 +\global\evenfootline={\hfil} +\global\oddfootline={\hfil} +\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} +\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage +} +\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager + +% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page, +% page number on top right. +\def\HEADINGSsingle{% +\global\pageno=1 +\global\evenfootline={\hfil} +\global\oddfootline={\hfil} +\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager +} +\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble} + +\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex} +\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter +\def\HEADINGSdoublex{% +\global\evenfootline={\hfil} +\global\oddfootline={\hfil} +\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} +\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage +} + +\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex} +\def\HEADINGSsinglex{% +\global\evenfootline={\hfil} +\global\oddfootline={\hfil} +\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager +} + +% Subroutines used in generating headings +% This produces Day Month Year style of output. +% Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set +% up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this). +\ifx\today\undefined +\def\today{% + \number\day\space + \ifcase\month + \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr + \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug + \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec + \fi + \space\number\year} +\fi + +% @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings. +% It generates no output of its own. +\def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle} +\def\settitle{\parsearg{\gdef\thistitle}} + + +\message{tables,} +% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x). + +% default indentation of table text +\newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in +% default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text +\newdimen\itemindent \itemindent=.3in +% margin between end of table item and start of table text. +\newdimen\itemmargin \itemmargin=.1in + +% used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin +\newdimen\itemmax + +% Note @table, @ftable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with +% these defs. +% They also define \itemindex +% to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none). + +\newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip + +\def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi} + +\def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz} +\def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz} + +\def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup % + \advance\hsize by -\rightskip + \advance\hsize by -\tableindent + \setbox0=\hbox{\itemindicate{#1}}% + \itemindex{#1}% + \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx. + % + % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line + % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that + % line. We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next + % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the + % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space. + \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax + % + % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping, + % but leave it ragged-right. + \begingroup + \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent + \advance\hsize by\tableindent + \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil + \leavevmode\unhbox0\par + \endgroup + % + % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the + % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started. + \nobreak \vskip-\parskip + % + % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. However, if + % what follows is an environment such as @example, there will be no + % \parskip glue; then the negative vskip we just inserted would + % cause the example and the item to crash together. So we use this + % bizarre value of 10001 as a signal to \aboveenvbreak to insert + % \parskip glue after all. Section titles are handled this way also. + % + \penalty 10001 + \endgroup + \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse + \else + % The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the + % following text (if any) will end up on the same line. + \noindent + % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in + % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and + % eventually be printed. + \nobreak\kern-\tableindent + \dimen0 = \itemmax \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 + \unhbox0 + \nobreak\kern\dimen0 + \endgroup + \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue + \fi +} + +\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a list environment}} +\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a list environment}} + +% @table, @ftable, @vtable. +\envdef\table{% + \let\itemindex\gobble + \tablecheck{table}% +} +\envdef\ftable{% + \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {fn}{\code{##1}}}% + \tablecheck{ftable}% +} +\envdef\vtable{% + \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {vr}{\code{##1}}}% + \tablecheck{vtable}% +} +\def\tablecheck#1{% + \ifnum \the\catcode`\^^M=\active + \endgroup + \errmessage{This command won't work in this context; perhaps the problem is + that we are \inenvironment\thisenv}% + \def\next{\doignore{#1}}% + \else + \let\next\tablex + \fi + \next +} +\def\tablex#1{% + \def\itemindicate{#1}% + \parsearg\tabley +} +\def\tabley#1{% + {% + \makevalueexpandable + \edef\temp{\noexpand\tablez #1\space\space\space}% + \expandafter + }\temp \endtablez +} +\def\tablez #1 #2 #3 #4\endtablez{% + \aboveenvbreak + \ifnum 0#1>0 \advance \leftskip by #1\mil \fi + \ifnum 0#2>0 \tableindent=#2\mil \fi + \ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \rightskip by #3\mil \fi + \itemmax=\tableindent + \advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin + \advance \leftskip by \tableindent + \exdentamount=\tableindent + \parindent = 0pt + \parskip = \smallskipamount + \ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi + \let\item = \internalBitem + \let\itemx = \internalBitemx +} +\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak} +\let\Eftable\Etable +\let\Evtable\Etable +\let\Eitemize\Etable +\let\Eenumerate\Etable + +% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize + +\newcount \itemno + +\envdef\itemize{\parsearg\doitemize} + +\def\doitemize#1{% + \aboveenvbreak + \itemmax=\itemindent + \advance\itemmax by -\itemmargin + \advance\leftskip by \itemindent + \exdentamount=\itemindent + \parindent=0pt + \parskip=\smallskipamount + \ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi + \def\itemcontents{#1}% + % @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet. + \ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi + \let\item=\itemizeitem +} + +% Definition of @item while inside @itemize and @enumerate. +% +\def\itemizeitem{% + \advance\itemno by 1 % for enumerations + {\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% reasonable place to break + {% + % If the document has an @itemize directly after a section title, a + % \nobreak will be last on the list, and \sectionheading will have + % done a \vskip-\parskip. In that case, we don't want to zero + % parskip, or the item text will crash with the heading. On the + % other hand, when there is normal text preceding the item (as there + % usually is), we do want to zero parskip, or there would be too much + % space. In that case, we won't have a \nobreak before. At least + % that's the theory. + \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \parskip=0in \fi + \noindent + \hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents \kern\itemmargin}% + \vadjust{\penalty 1200}}% not good to break after first line of item. + \flushcr +} + +% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in +% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder. +% +\def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}% + +% Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter, +% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No +% argument is the same as `1'. +% +\envparseargdef\enumerate{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey} +\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{% + % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'. + \def\thearg{#1}% + \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi + % + % Detect if the argument is a single token. If so, it might be a + % letter. Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number. + % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made. + % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at + % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.) + \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark + \ifx\rest\empty + % Only one token in the argument. It could still be anything. + % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero. + % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and + % not equal to itself. + % Otherwise, we assume it's a number. + % + % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from + % continuing to look for a <number>. + % + \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax + \numericenumerate % a number (we hope) + \else + % It's a letter. + \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax + \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter + \else + \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter + \fi + \fi + \else + % Multiple tokens in the argument. We hope it's a number. + \numericenumerate + \fi +} + +% An @enumerate whose labels are integers. The starting integer is +% given in \thearg. +% +\def\numericenumerate{% + \itemno = \thearg + \startenumeration{\the\itemno}% +} + +% The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg. +\def\lowercaseenumerate{% + \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg + \startenumeration{% + % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. + \ifnum\itemno=0 + \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger + alphabet}% + \fi + \char\lccode\itemno + }% +} + +% The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg. +\def\uppercaseenumerate{% + \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg + \startenumeration{% + % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. + \ifnum\itemno=0 + \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger + alphabet} + \fi + \char\uccode\itemno + }% +} + +% Call \doitemize, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the +% common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in +% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno. +% +\def\startenumeration#1{% + \advance\itemno by -1 + \doitemize{#1.}\flushcr +} + +% @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg +% to @enumerate. +% +\def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}} +\def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}} +\def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate} +\def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate} + + +% @multitable macros +% Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96 +% +% @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired. +% Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble. Width +% can be specified either with sample text given in a template line, +% or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page. + +% Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines. + +% To make preamble: +% +% Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize: +% @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45 +% @item ... +% +% Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total +% current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many +% columns as desired. + + +% Or use a template: +% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} +% @item ... +% using the widest term desired in each column. + +% Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column +% starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's +% with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed, +% ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns. + +% @item, @tab do not need to be on their own lines, but it will not hurt +% if they are. + +% Sample multitable: + +% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} +% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col +% @item +% first col stuff +% @tab +% second col stuff +% @tab +% third col +% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff +% @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column. +% +% They will wrap at the width determined by the template. +% @item@tab@tab This will be in third column. +% @end multitable + +% Default dimensions may be reset by user. +% @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table. +% @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table. +% @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns. +% @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline +% to baseline. +% 0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing. +% +\newskip\multitableparskip +\newskip\multitableparindent +\newdimen\multitablecolspace +\newskip\multitablelinespace +\multitableparskip=0pt +\multitableparindent=6pt +\multitablecolspace=12pt +\multitablelinespace=0pt + +% Macros used to set up halign preamble: +% +\let\endsetuptable\relax +\def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable} +\let\columnfractions\relax +\def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions} +\newif\ifsetpercent + +% #1 is the @columnfraction, usually a decimal number like .5, but might +% be just 1. We just use it, whatever it is. +% +\def\pickupwholefraction#1 {% + \global\advance\colcount by 1 + \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{#1\hsize}% + \setuptable +} + +\newcount\colcount +\def\setuptable#1{% + \def\firstarg{#1}% + \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable + \let\go = \relax + \else + \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions + \global\setpercenttrue + \else + \ifsetpercent + \let\go\pickupwholefraction + \else + \global\advance\colcount by 1 + \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip\space}% Add a normal word space as a + % separator; typically that is always in the input, anyway. + \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}% + \fi + \fi + \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction + % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so + % we'll always have a period there to be parsed. + \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}% + \else + \let\go = \setuptable + \fi% + \fi + \go +} + +% multitable-only commands. +% +% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold. +% Assignments have to be global since we are inside the implicit group +% of an alignment entry. Note that \everycr resets \everytab. +\def\headitem{\checkenv\multitable \crcr \global\everytab={\bf}\the\everytab}% +% +% A \tab used to include \hskip1sp. But then the space in a template +% line is not enough. That is bad. So let's go back to just `&' until +% we encounter the problem it was intended to solve again. +% --karl, nathan@acm.org, 20apr99. +\def\tab{\checkenv\multitable &\the\everytab}% + +% @multitable ... @end multitable definitions: +% +\newtoks\everytab % insert after every tab. +% +\envdef\multitable{% + \vskip\parskip + \startsavinginserts + % + % @item within a multitable starts a normal row. + % We use \def instead of \let so that if one of the multitable entries + % contains an @itemize, we don't choke on the \item (seen as \crcr aka + % \endtemplate) expanding \doitemize. + \def\item{\crcr}% + % + \tolerance=9500 + \hbadness=9500 + \setmultitablespacing + \parskip=\multitableparskip + \parindent=\multitableparindent + \overfullrule=0pt + \global\colcount=0 + % + \everycr = {% + \noalign{% + \global\everytab={}% + \global\colcount=0 % Reset the column counter. + % Check for saved footnotes, etc. + \checkinserts + % Keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages. + %\filbreak + % Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the + % table breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better? Wait until the + % problem manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl. + }% + }% + % + \parsearg\domultitable +} +\def\domultitable#1{% + % To parse everything between @multitable and @item: + \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable + % + % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will + % be used as many times as user calls for columns. + % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and + % continue for many paragraphs if desired. + \halign\bgroup &% + \global\advance\colcount by 1 + \multistrut + \vtop{% + % Use the current \colcount to find the correct column width: + \hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname + % + % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other + % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after + % the first one. + % + % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace + % to the width of each template entry. + % + % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will + % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip + % will keep entries from bumping into each other. Table will start at + % left margin and final column will justify at right margin. + % + % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment. + \rightskip=0pt + \ifnum\colcount=1 + % The first column will be indented with the surrounding text. + \advance\hsize by\leftskip + \else + \ifsetpercent \else + % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize + % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace. + \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace + \fi + % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace: + \leftskip=\multitablecolspace + \fi + % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious + % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the + % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself. + % For example: + % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89 + % @item @code{#} + % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country. + % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively + % marking characters. + \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut + }\cr +} +\def\Emultitable{% + \crcr + \egroup % end the \halign + \global\setpercentfalse +} + +\def\setmultitablespacing{% + \def\multistrut{\strut}% just use the standard line spacing + % + % Compute \multitablelinespace (if not defined by user) for use in + % \multitableparskip calculation. We used define \multistrut based on + % this, but (ironically) that caused the spacing to be off. + % See bug-texinfo report from Werner Lemberg, 31 Oct 2004 12:52:20 +0100. +\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt +\setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip +\global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0 +\fi +%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of +%% table. If not, do nothing. +%% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace. +\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace +\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace +\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller + %% than skip between lines in the table. +\fi% +\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt +\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace +\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller + %% than skip between lines in the table. +\fi} + + +\message{conditionals,} + +% @iftex, @ifnotdocbook, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext, +% @ifnotxml always succeed. They currently do nothing; we don't +% attempt to check whether the conditionals are properly nested. But we +% have to remember that they are conditionals, so that @end doesn't +% attempt to close an environment group. +% +\def\makecond#1{% + \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname = \relax + \expandafter\let\csname iscond.#1\endcsname = 1 +} +\makecond{iftex} +\makecond{ifnotdocbook} +\makecond{ifnothtml} +\makecond{ifnotinfo} +\makecond{ifnotplaintext} +\makecond{ifnotxml} + +% Ignore @ignore, @ifhtml, @ifinfo, and the like. +% +\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}} +\def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}} +\def\docbook{\doignore{docbook}} +\def\html{\doignore{html}} +\def\ifdocbook{\doignore{ifdocbook}} +\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}} +\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}} +\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}} +\def\ifplaintext{\doignore{ifplaintext}} +\def\ifxml{\doignore{ifxml}} +\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}} +\def\menu{\doignore{menu}} +\def\xml{\doignore{xml}} + +% Ignore text until a line `@end #1', keeping track of nested conditionals. +% +% A count to remember the depth of nesting. +\newcount\doignorecount + +\def\doignore#1{\begingroup + % Scan in ``verbatim'' mode: + \obeylines + \catcode`\@ = \other + \catcode`\{ = \other + \catcode`\} = \other + % + % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants. + \spaceisspace + % + % Count number of #1's that we've seen. + \doignorecount = 0 + % + % Swallow text until we reach the matching `@end #1'. + \dodoignore{#1}% +} + +{ \catcode`_=11 % We want to use \_STOP_ which cannot appear in texinfo source. + \obeylines % + % + \gdef\dodoignore#1{% + % #1 contains the command name as a string, e.g., `ifinfo'. + % + % Define a command to find the next `@end #1'. + \long\def\doignoretext##1^^M@end #1{% + \doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1\_STOP_}% + % + % And this command to find another #1 command, at the beginning of a + % line. (Otherwise, we would consider a line `@c @ifset', for + % example, to count as an @ifset for nesting.) + \long\def\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1##2\_STOP_{\doignoreyyy{##2}\_STOP_}% + % + % And now expand that command. + \doignoretext ^^M% + }% +} + +\def\doignoreyyy#1{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\empty % Nothing found. + \let\next\doignoretextzzz + \else % Found a nested condition, ... + \advance\doignorecount by 1 + \let\next\doignoretextyyy % ..., look for another. + % If we're here, #1 ends with ^^M\ifinfo (for example). + \fi + \next #1% the token \_STOP_ is present just after this macro. +} + +% We have to swallow the remaining "\_STOP_". +% +\def\doignoretextzzz#1{% + \ifnum\doignorecount = 0 % We have just found the outermost @end. + \let\next\enddoignore + \else % Still inside a nested condition. + \advance\doignorecount by -1 + \let\next\doignoretext % Look for the next @end. + \fi + \next +} + +% Finish off ignored text. +{ \obeylines% + % Ignore anything after the last `@end #1'; this matters in verbatim + % environments, where otherwise the newline after an ignored conditional + % would result in a blank line in the output. + \gdef\enddoignore#1^^M{\endgroup\ignorespaces}% +} + + +% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value. +% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE. +% +% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be +% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our +% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we +% didn't need it. +% We rely on the fact that \parsearg sets \catcode`\ =10. +% +\parseargdef\set{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy} +\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{% + {% + \makevalueexpandable + \def\temp{#2}% + \edef\next{\gdef\makecsname{SET#1}}% + \ifx\temp\empty + \next{}% + \else + \setzzz#2\endsetzzz + \fi + }% +} +% Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted. +\def\setzzz#1 \endsetzzz{\next{#1}} + +% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR. +% +\parseargdef\clear{% + {% + \makevalueexpandable + \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax + }% +} + +% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo. +\def\value{\begingroup\makevalueexpandable\valuexxx} +\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup} +{ + \catcode`\- = \active \catcode`\_ = \active + % + \gdef\makevalueexpandable{% + \let\value = \expandablevalue + % We don't want these characters active, ... + \catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other + % ..., but we might end up with active ones in the argument if + % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}, though. + % So \let them to their normal equivalents. + \let-\realdash \let_\normalunderscore + } +} + +% We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's +% properly in indexes (we call \makevalueexpandable in \indexdummies). +% The command has to be fully expandable (if the variable is set), since +% the result winds up in the index file. This means that if the +% variable's value contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain +% it will fail (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work +% to do a one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete). +% +\def\expandablevalue#1{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax + {[No value for ``#1'']}% + \message{Variable `#1', used in @value, is not set.}% + \else + \csname SET#1\endcsname + \fi +} + +% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined +% with @set. +% +% To get special treatment of `@end ifset,' call \makeond and the redefine. +% +\makecond{ifset} +\def\ifset{\parsearg{\doifset{\let\next=\ifsetfail}}} +\def\doifset#1#2{% + {% + \makevalueexpandable + \let\next=\empty + \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#2\endcsname\relax + #1% If not set, redefine \next. + \fi + \expandafter + }\next +} +\def\ifsetfail{\doignore{ifset}} + +% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been +% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear. +% +% The `\else' inside the `\doifset' parameter is a trick to reuse the +% above code: if the variable is not set, do nothing, if it is set, +% then redefine \next to \ifclearfail. +% +\makecond{ifclear} +\def\ifclear{\parsearg{\doifset{\else \let\next=\ifclearfail}}} +\def\ifclearfail{\doignore{ifclear}} + +% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file +% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX. +\let\dircategory=\comment + +% @defininfoenclose. +\let\definfoenclose=\comment + + +\message{indexing,} +% Index generation facilities + +% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite +% except not \outer, so it can be used within macros and \if's. +\edef\newwrite{\makecsname{ptexnewwrite}} + +% \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo. +% It automatically defines \fooindex such that +% \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo. +% It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for +% the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is foo. +% The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long +% for the sake of vms. +% +\def\newindex#1{% + \iflinks + \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname + \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file + \fi + \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define @#1index + \noexpand\doindex{#1}} +} + +% @defindex foo == \newindex{foo} +% +\def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex} + +% Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code. +% +\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex} +% +\def\newcodeindex#1{% + \iflinks + \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname + \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 + \fi + \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% + \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}% +} + + +% @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar. +% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index. +% +% @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo +% inside @code. +% +\def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}} +\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}} + +% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo), +% #3 the target index (bar). +\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{% + % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up + % closing the target index. + \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \undefined + % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the + % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files. + \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname + \expandafter\let\csname\donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1 + \fi + % redefine \fooindfile: + \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname + \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp + % redefine \fooindex: + \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}% +} + +% Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros. +% Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro, +% and it is "foo", the name of the index. + +% \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work. +% This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros. + +% There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic} +% which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index. + +\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer} +\def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}} + +% like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument. +\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer} +\def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}} + +% Take care of Texinfo commands that can appear in an index entry. +% Since there are some commands we want to expand, and others we don't, +% we have to laboriously prevent expansion for those that we don't. +% +\def\indexdummies{% + \escapechar = `\\ % use backslash in output files. + \def\@{@}% change to @@ when we switch to @ as escape char in index files. + \def\ {\realbackslash\space }% + % Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again. + % But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes + % braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters. + \let\{ = \mylbrace + \let\} = \myrbrace + % + % Do the redefinitions. + \commondummies +} + +% For the aux and toc files, @ is the escape character. So we want to +% redefine everything using @ as the escape character (instead of +% \realbackslash, still used for index files). When everything uses @, +% this will be simpler. +% +\def\atdummies{% + \def\@{@@}% + \def\ {@ }% + \let\{ = \lbraceatcmd + \let\} = \rbraceatcmd + % + % Do the redefinitions. + \commondummies + \otherbackslash +} + +% Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies. +% +\def\commondummies{% + % + % \definedummyword defines \#1 as \string\#1\space, thus effectively + % preventing its expansion. This is used only for control% words, + % not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect for + % control characters, but is needed to separate the control word + % from whatever follows. + % + % For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the + % space. + % + % These can be used both for control words that take an argument and + % those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then + % that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever). + % + \def\definedummyword ##1{\def##1{\string##1\space}}% + \def\definedummyletter##1{\def##1{\string##1}}% + \let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter + % + \commondummiesnofonts + % + \definedummyletter\_% + % + % Non-English letters. + \definedummyword\AA + \definedummyword\AE + \definedummyword\L + \definedummyword\OE + \definedummyword\O + \definedummyword\aa + \definedummyword\ae + \definedummyword\l + \definedummyword\oe + \definedummyword\o + \definedummyword\ss + \definedummyword\exclamdown + \definedummyword\questiondown + \definedummyword\ordf + \definedummyword\ordm + % + % Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do. + \definedummyword\bf + \definedummyword\gtr + \definedummyword\hat + \definedummyword\less + \definedummyword\sf + \definedummyword\sl + \definedummyword\tclose + \definedummyword\tt + % + \definedummyword\LaTeX + \definedummyword\TeX + % + % Assorted special characters. + \definedummyword\bullet + \definedummyword\comma + \definedummyword\copyright + \definedummyword\registeredsymbol + \definedummyword\dots + \definedummyword\enddots + \definedummyword\equiv + \definedummyword\error + \definedummyword\euro + \definedummyword\expansion + \definedummyword\minus + \definedummyword\pounds + \definedummyword\point + \definedummyword\print + \definedummyword\result + % + % We want to disable all macros so that they are not expanded by \write. + \macrolist + % + \normalturnoffactive + % + % Handle some cases of @value -- where it does not contain any + % (non-fully-expandable) commands. + \makevalueexpandable +} + +% \commondummiesnofonts: common to \commondummies and \indexnofonts. +% +\def\commondummiesnofonts{% + % Control letters and accents. + \definedummyletter\!% + \definedummyaccent\"% + \definedummyaccent\'% + \definedummyletter\*% + \definedummyaccent\,% + \definedummyletter\.% + \definedummyletter\/% + \definedummyletter\:% + \definedummyaccent\=% + \definedummyletter\?% + \definedummyaccent\^% + \definedummyaccent\`% + \definedummyaccent\~% + \definedummyword\u + \definedummyword\v + \definedummyword\H + \definedummyword\dotaccent + \definedummyword\ringaccent + \definedummyword\tieaccent + \definedummyword\ubaraccent + \definedummyword\udotaccent + \definedummyword\dotless + % + % Texinfo font commands. + \definedummyword\b + \definedummyword\i + \definedummyword\r + \definedummyword\sc + \definedummyword\t + % + % Commands that take arguments. + \definedummyword\acronym + \definedummyword\cite + \definedummyword\code + \definedummyword\command + \definedummyword\dfn + \definedummyword\emph + \definedummyword\env + \definedummyword\file + \definedummyword\kbd + \definedummyword\key + \definedummyword\math + \definedummyword\option + \definedummyword\pxref + \definedummyword\ref + \definedummyword\samp + \definedummyword\strong + \definedummyword\tie + \definedummyword\uref + \definedummyword\url + \definedummyword\var + \definedummyword\verb + \definedummyword\w + \definedummyword\xref +} + +% \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index +% by, and when constructing control sequence names. It eliminates all +% control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string +% would be for a given command (usually its argument). +% +\def\indexnofonts{% + % Accent commands should become @asis. + \def\definedummyaccent##1{\let##1\asis}% + % We can just ignore other control letters. + \def\definedummyletter##1{\let##1\empty}% + % Hopefully, all control words can become @asis. + \let\definedummyword\definedummyaccent + % + \commondummiesnofonts + % + % Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command + % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc. + % Likewise with the other plain tex font commands. + %\let\tt=\asis + % + \def\ { }% + \def\@{@}% + % how to handle braces? + \def\_{\normalunderscore}% + % + % Non-English letters. + \def\AA{AA}% + \def\AE{AE}% + \def\L{L}% + \def\OE{OE}% + \def\O{O}% + \def\aa{aa}% + \def\ae{ae}% + \def\l{l}% + \def\oe{oe}% + \def\o{o}% + \def\ss{ss}% + \def\exclamdown{!}% + \def\questiondown{?}% + \def\ordf{a}% + \def\ordm{o}% + % + \def\LaTeX{LaTeX}% + \def\TeX{TeX}% + % + % Assorted special characters. + % (The following {} will end up in the sort string, but that's ok.) + \def\bullet{bullet}% + \def\comma{,}% + \def\copyright{copyright}% + \def\registeredsymbol{R}% + \def\dots{...}% + \def\enddots{...}% + \def\equiv{==}% + \def\error{error}% + \def\euro{euro}% + \def\expansion{==>}% + \def\minus{-}% + \def\pounds{pounds}% + \def\point{.}% + \def\print{-|}% + \def\result{=>}% + % + % We need to get rid of all macros, leaving only the arguments (if present). + % Of course this is not nearly correct, but it is the best we can do for now. + % makeinfo does not expand macros in the argument to @deffn, which ends up + % writing an index entry, and texindex isn't prepared for an index sort entry + % that starts with \. + % + % Since macro invocations are followed by braces, we can just redefine them + % to take a single TeX argument. The case of a macro invocation that + % goes to end-of-line is not handled. + % + \macrolist +} + +\let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex. +\let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)? + +% Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case. +% #1 is the index name, #2 is the entry text. +\def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}{}} + +% Workhorse for all \fooindexes. +% #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry -- +% empty if called from \doind, as we usually are (the main exception +% is with most defuns, which call us directly). +% +\def\dosubind#1#2#3{% + \iflinks + {% + % Store the main index entry text (including the third arg). + \toks0 = {#2}% + % If third arg is present, precede it with a space. + \def\thirdarg{#3}% + \ifx\thirdarg\empty \else + \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}% + \fi + % + \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}% + % + \ifvmode + \dosubindsanitize + \else + \dosubindwrite + \fi + }% + \fi +} + +% Write the entry in \toks0 to the index file: +% +\def\dosubindwrite{% + % Put the index entry in the margin if desired. + \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else + \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \the\toks0}}% + \fi + % + % Remember, we are within a group. + \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage + \def\backslashcurfont{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now + % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash. + % + % Process the index entry with all font commands turned off, to + % get the string to sort by. + {\indexnofonts + \edef\temp{\the\toks0}% need full expansion + \xdef\indexsorttmp{\temp}% + }% + % + % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and + % the original text, including any font commands. We write + % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the + % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s + % sorted result. + \edef\temp{% + \write\writeto{% + \string\entry{\indexsorttmp}{\noexpand\folio}{\the\toks0}}% + }% + \temp +} + +% Take care of unwanted page breaks: +% +% If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it +% by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting +% the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the +% \write will make \lastskip zero. The result is that sequences +% like this: +% @end defun +% @tindex whatever +% @defun ... +% will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the +% start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of +% the previous defun. +% +% But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We +% don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph. +% +% Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too. +% +% But wait, there is a catch there: +% We'll have to check whether \lastskip is zero skip. \ifdim is not +% sufficient for this purpose, as it ignores stretch and shrink parts +% of the skip. The only way seems to be to check the textual +% representation of the skip. +% +% The following is almost like \def\zeroskipmacro{0.0pt} except that +% the ``p'' and ``t'' characters have catcode \other, not 11 (letter). +% +\edef\zeroskipmacro{\expandafter\the\csname z@skip\endcsname} +% +% ..., ready, GO: +% +\def\dosubindsanitize{% + % \lastskip and \lastpenalty cannot both be nonzero simultaneously. + \skip0 = \lastskip + \edef\lastskipmacro{\the\lastskip}% + \count255 = \lastpenalty + % + % If \lastskip is nonzero, that means the last item was a + % skip. And since a skip is discardable, that means this + % -\skip0 glue we're inserting is preceded by a + % non-discardable item, therefore it is not a potential + % breakpoint, therefore no \nobreak needed. + \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro + \else + \vskip-\skip0 + \fi + % + \dosubindwrite + % + \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro + % If \lastskip was zero, perhaps the last item was a penalty, and + % perhaps it was >=10000, e.g., a \nobreak. In that case, we want + % to re-insert the same penalty (values >10000 are used for various + % signals); since we just inserted a non-discardable item, any + % following glue (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint. For example: + % + % @deffn deffn-whatever + % @vindex index-whatever + % Description. + % would allow a break between the index-whatever whatsit + % and the "Description." paragraph. + \ifnum\count255>9999 \penalty\count255 \fi + \else + % On the other hand, if we had a nonzero \lastskip, + % this make-up glue would be preceded by a non-discardable item + % (the whatsit from the \write), so we must insert a \nobreak. + \nobreak\vskip\skip0 + \fi +} + +% The index entry written in the file actually looks like +% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic} +% or +% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic} +% The texindex program reads in these files and writes files +% containing these kinds of lines: +% \initial {c} +% before the first topic whose initial is c +% \entry {topic}{pagelist} +% for a topic that is used without subtopics +% \primary {topic} +% for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics +% \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist} +% for each subtopic. + +% Define the user-accessible indexing commands +% @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex. + +\def\findex {\fnindex} +\def\kindex {\kyindex} +\def\cindex {\cpindex} +\def\vindex {\vrindex} +\def\tindex {\tpindex} +\def\pindex {\pgindex} + +\def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub} +{\obeylines % +\gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup % +\dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}} + +% Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material. + +% @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed. +% It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered). +% +\parseargdef\printindex{\begingroup + \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}% + % + \smallfonts \rm + \tolerance = 9500 + \everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression. + % + % See if the index file exists and is nonempty. + % Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains + % \initial {@} + % as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces + % (because it thinks @} is a control sequence). + \catcode`\@ = 11 + \openin 1 \jobname.#1s + \ifeof 1 + % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index, + % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the + % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure + % there is some text. + \putwordIndexNonexistent + \else + % + % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof + % false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so + % it can discover if there is anything in it. + \read 1 to \temp + \ifeof 1 + \putwordIndexIsEmpty + \else + % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape + % character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change + % to make right now. + \def\indexbackslash{\backslashcurfont}% + \catcode`\\ = 0 + \escapechar = `\\ + \begindoublecolumns + \input \jobname.#1s + \enddoublecolumns + \fi + \fi + \closein 1 +\endgroup} + +% These macros are used by the sorted index file itself. +% Change them to control the appearance of the index. + +\def\initial#1{{% + % Some minor font changes for the special characters. + \let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt + % + % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own. + \removelastskip + % + % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus. + \nobreak + \vskip 0pt plus 3\baselineskip + \penalty 0 + \vskip 0pt plus -3\baselineskip + % + % Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of + % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column + % to column. It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch + % we need before each entry, but it's better. + % + % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns. + \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip + \leftline{\secbf #1}% + % Do our best not to break after the initial. + \nobreak + \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip +}} + +% \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and +% then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin. It is used for index +% and table of contents entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip. +% +% A straightforward implementation would start like this: +% \def\entry#1#2{... +% But this frozes the catcodes in the argument, and can cause problems to +% @code, which sets - active. This problem was fixed by a kludge--- +% ``-'' was active throughout whole index, but this isn't really right. +% +% The right solution is to prevent \entry from swallowing the whole text. +% --kasal, 21nov03 +\def\entry{% + \begingroup + % + % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't + % affect previous text. + \par + % + % Do not fill out the last line with white space. + \parfillskip = 0in + % + % No extra space above this paragraph. + \parskip = 0in + % + % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines. + \finalhyphendemerits = 0 + % + % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number + % don't both fit on one line. In that case, bob suggests starting the + % dots pretty far over on the line. Unfortunately, a large + % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across + % lines. So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders. + % + % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start + % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that. + \hangindent = 2em + % + % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line + % with blank space. + \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil + % + % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing + % columns. + \vskip 0pt plus1pt + % + % Swallow the left brace of the text (first parameter): + \afterassignment\doentry + \let\temp = +} +\def\doentry{% + \bgroup % Instead of the swallowed brace. + \noindent + \aftergroup\finishentry + % And now comes the text of the entry. +} +\def\finishentry#1{% + % #1 is the page number. + % + % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if + % there are no page numbers. The next person who breaks this will be + % cursed by a Unix daemon. + \def\tempa{{\rm }}% + \def\tempb{#1}% + \edef\tempc{\tempa}% + \edef\tempd{\tempb}% + \ifx\tempc\tempd + \ % + \else + % + % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out + % this line with blank space. (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the + % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.) + \hfil\penalty50 + \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number. + % + % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as + % part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull + % \hbox ensues. + \ifpdf + \pdfgettoks#1.% + \ \the\toksA + \else + \ #1% + \fi + \fi + \par + \endgroup +} + +% Like \dotfill except takes at least 1 em. +\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders + \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu ${\it .}$ \mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill} + +\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}} + +\newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm +\def\secondary#1#2{{% + \parfillskip=0in + \parskip=0in + \hangindent=1in + \hangafter=1 + \noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill + \ifpdf + \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph. + \else + #2 + \fi + \par +}} + +% Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes. +% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say, +% the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself. +\catcode`\@=11 + +\newbox\partialpage +\newdimen\doublecolumnhsize + +\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns + % Grab any single-column material above us. + \output = {% + % + % Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a + % whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output + % routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is + % essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off). In + % that case we just ship out what is in \partialpage with the normal + % output routine. Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this + % runs and this will be a no-op. See the indexspread.tex test case. + \ifvoid\partialpage \else + \onepageout{\pagecontents\partialpage}% + \fi + % + \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{% + % Unvbox the main output page. + \unvbox\PAGE + \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip + }% + }% + \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage + % + % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages. + \output = {\doublecolumnout}% + % + % Change the page size parameters. We could do this once outside this + % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11 + % format, but then we repeat the same computation. Repeating a couple + % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the + % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place. + % + % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between + % the columns. We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it + % changes automatically with the paper format. The magic constant + % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt) + % as it did when we hard-coded it. + % + % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we + % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially) + % been clobbered. + % + \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize + \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize + \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2 + \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize + % + % Double the \vsize as well. (We don't need a separate register here, + % since nobody clobbers \vsize.) + \vsize = 2\vsize +} + +% The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except +% the last. +% +\def\doublecolumnout{% + \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth + % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal + % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the + % previous page. + \dimen@ = \vsize + \divide\dimen@ by 2 + \advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage + % + % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right. + \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ + \onepageout\pagesofar + \unvbox255 + \penalty\outputpenalty +} +% +% Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material, +% followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2. +\def\pagesofar{% + \unvbox\partialpage + % + \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize + \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize + \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}% +} +% +% All done with double columns. +\def\enddoublecolumns{% + \output = {% + % Split the last of the double-column material. Leave it on the + % current page, no automatic page break. + \balancecolumns + % + % If we end up splitting too much material for the current page, + % though, there will be another page break right after this \output + % invocation ends. Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not + % want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal + % definition right away. (We hope \balancecolumns will never be + % called on to balance too much material, but if it is, this makes + % the output somewhat more palatable.) + \global\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}% + }% + \eject + \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns + % + % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted + % the current page. We're now back to normal single-column + % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize (after the + % \endgroup where \vsize got restored). + \pagegoal = \vsize +} +% +% Called at the end of the double column material. +\def\balancecolumns{% + \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120. + \dimen@ = \ht0 + \advance\dimen@ by \topskip + \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip + \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to + %debug\message{final 2-column material height=\the\ht0, target=\the\dimen@.}% + \splittopskip = \topskip + % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint. + {% + \vbadness = 10000 + \loop + \global\setbox3 = \copy0 + \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@ + \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@ + \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt + \repeat + }% + %debug\message{split to \the\dimen@, column heights: \the\ht1, \the\ht3.}% + \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}% + \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}% + % + \pagesofar +} +\catcode`\@ = \other + + +\message{sectioning,} +% Chapters, sections, etc. + +% \unnumberedno is an oxymoron, of course. But we count the unnumbered +% sections so that we can refer to them unambiguously in the pdf +% outlines by their "section number". We avoid collisions with chapter +% numbers by starting them at 10000. (If a document ever has 10000 +% chapters, we're in trouble anyway, I'm sure.) +\newcount\unnumberedno \unnumberedno = 10000 +\newcount\chapno +\newcount\secno \secno=0 +\newcount\subsecno \subsecno=0 +\newcount\subsubsecno \subsubsecno=0 + +% This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ... +\newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@ +% +% \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno} +% We do the following ugly conditional instead of the above simple +% construct for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual +% letter in the expansion, not just typeset. +% +\def\appendixletter{% + \ifnum\appendixno=`A A% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z% + % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is + % expanded while writing the .toc file. \char\appendixno is not + % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out + % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it. + \else\char\the\appendixno + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} + +% Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter. +% page headings and footings can use it. @section does likewise. +% However, they are not reliable, because we don't use marks. +\def\thischapter{} +\def\thissection{} + +\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level +\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raisesections/@lowersections modify this count + +% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc. +\def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1} +\let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name + +% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc. +\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1} +\let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name + +% we only have subsub. +\chardef\maxseclevel = 3 +% +% A numbered section within an unnumbered changes to unnumbered too. +% To achieve this, remember the "biggest" unnum. sec. we are currently in: +\chardef\unmlevel = \maxseclevel +% +% Trace whether the current chapter is an appendix or not: +% \chapheadtype is "N" or "A", unnumbered chapters are ignored. +\def\chapheadtype{N} + +% Choose a heading macro +% #1 is heading type +% #2 is heading level +% #3 is text for heading +\def\genhead#1#2#3{% + % Compute the abs. sec. level: + \absseclevel=#2 + \advance\absseclevel by \secbase + % Make sure \absseclevel doesn't fall outside the range: + \ifnum \absseclevel < 0 + \absseclevel = 0 + \else + \ifnum \absseclevel > 3 + \absseclevel = 3 + \fi + \fi + % The heading type: + \def\headtype{#1}% + \if \headtype U% + \ifnum \absseclevel < \unmlevel + \chardef\unmlevel = \absseclevel + \fi + \else + % Check for appendix sections: + \ifnum \absseclevel = 0 + \edef\chapheadtype{\headtype}% + \else + \if \headtype A\if \chapheadtype N% + \errmessage{@appendix... within a non-appendix chapter}% + \fi\fi + \fi + % Check for numbered within unnumbered: + \ifnum \absseclevel > \unmlevel + \def\headtype{U}% + \else + \chardef\unmlevel = 3 + \fi + \fi + % Now print the heading: + \if \headtype U% + \ifcase\absseclevel + \unnumberedzzz{#3}% + \or \unnumberedseczzz{#3}% + \or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#3}% + \or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#3}% + \fi + \else + \if \headtype A% + \ifcase\absseclevel + \appendixzzz{#3}% + \or \appendixsectionzzz{#3}% + \or \appendixsubseczzz{#3}% + \or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#3}% + \fi + \else + \ifcase\absseclevel + \chapterzzz{#3}% + \or \seczzz{#3}% + \or \numberedsubseczzz{#3}% + \or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#3}% + \fi + \fi + \fi + \suppressfirstparagraphindent +} + +% an interface: +\def\numhead{\genhead N} +\def\apphead{\genhead A} +\def\unnmhead{\genhead U} + +% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered. Increment top-level counter, reset +% all lower-level sectioning counters to zero. +% +% Also set \chaplevelprefix, which we prepend to @float sequence numbers +% (e.g., figures), q.v. By default (before any chapter), that is empty. +\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty +% +\outer\parseargdef\chapter{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz +\def\chapterzzz#1{% + % section resetting is \global in case the chapter is in a group, such + % as an @include file. + \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 + \global\advance\chapno by 1 + % + % Used for \float. + \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\the\chapno.}% + \resetallfloatnos + % + \message{\putwordChapter\space \the\chapno}% + % + % Write the actual heading. + \chapmacro{#1}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno}% + % + % So @section and the like are numbered underneath this chapter. + \global\let\section = \numberedsec + \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec + \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec +} + +\outer\parseargdef\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz +\def\appendixzzz#1{% + \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 + \global\advance\appendixno by 1 + \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\appendixletter.}% + \resetallfloatnos + % + \def\appendixnum{\putwordAppendix\space \appendixletter}% + \message{\appendixnum}% + % + \chapmacro{#1}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter}% + % + \global\let\section = \appendixsec + \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec + \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec +} + +\outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz +\def\unnumberedzzz#1{% + \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 + \global\advance\unnumberedno by 1 + % + % Since an unnumbered has no number, no prefix for figures. + \global\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty + \resetallfloatnos + % + % This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the + % argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX + % expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX + % expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant + % to be executed, not expanded). + % + % Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear + % as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use + % \the<toks register> to achieve this: TeX expands \the<toks> only once, + % simply yielding the contents of <toks register>. (We also do this for + % the toc entries.) + \toks0 = {#1}% + \message{(\the\toks0)}% + % + \chapmacro{#1}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno}% + % + \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec + \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec + \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec +} + +% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered. +\outer\parseargdef\centerchap{% + % Well, we could do the following in a group, but that would break + % an assumption that \chapmacro is called at the outermost level. + % Thus we are safer this way: --kasal, 24feb04 + \let\centerparametersmaybe = \centerparameters + \unnmhead0{#1}% + \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax +} + +% @top is like @unnumbered. +\let\top\unnumbered + +% Sections. +\outer\parseargdef\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz +\def\seczzz#1{% + \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 + \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}% +} + +\outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz +\def\appendixsectionzzz#1{% + \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 + \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}% +} +\let\appendixsec\appendixsection + +\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz +\def\unnumberedseczzz#1{% + \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 + \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno}% +} + +% Subsections. +\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz +\def\numberedsubseczzz#1{% + \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 + \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% +} + +\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz +\def\appendixsubseczzz#1{% + \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 + \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yappendix}% + {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% +} + +\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz +\def\unnumberedsubseczzz#1{% + \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 + \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynothing}% + {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% +} + +% Subsubsections. +\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz +\def\numberedsubsubseczzz#1{% + \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 + \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynumbered}% + {\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% +} + +\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz +\def\appendixsubsubseczzz#1{% + \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 + \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yappendix}% + {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% +} + +\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz +\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz#1{% + \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 + \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}% + {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% +} + +% These macros control what the section commands do, according +% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered). +% Define them by default for a numbered chapter. +\let\section = \numberedsec +\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec +\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec + +% Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading + +% NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and such: +% 1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit +% overlong headings to fold. +% 2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a +% heading is obnoxious; this forbids it. +% 3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and +% if justification is not attempted. Hence \raggedright. + + +\def\majorheading{% + {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }% + \parsearg\chapheadingzzz +} + +\def\chapheading{\chapbreak \parsearg\chapheadingzzz} +\def\chapheadingzzz#1{% + {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 + \parindent=0pt\raggedright + \rm #1\hfill}}% + \bigskip \par\penalty 200\relax + \suppressfirstparagraphindent +} + +% @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading. +\parseargdef\heading{\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} + \suppressfirstparagraphindent} +\parseargdef\subheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} + \suppressfirstparagraphindent} +\parseargdef\subsubheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} + \suppressfirstparagraphindent} + +% These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only +% (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it), +% given all the information in convenient, parsed form. + +%%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative) +\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi} + +%%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it +% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed) + +\newskip\chapheadingskip + +\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}} +\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject} +\def\chapoddpage{\chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \hbox to 0pt{} \chappager\fi} + +\def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname} + +\def\CHAPPAGoff{% +\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager +\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak +\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager} + +\def\CHAPPAGon{% +\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager +\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager +\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager +\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}} + +\def\CHAPPAGodd{% +\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage +\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage +\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage +\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}} + +\CHAPPAGon + +% Chapter opening. +% +% #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing, +% Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number. +% +% To test against our argument. +\def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing} +\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc} +\def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix} +% +\def\chapmacro#1#2#3{% + \pchapsepmacro + {% + \chapfonts \rm + % + % Have to define \thissection before calling \donoderef, because the + % xref code eventually uses it. On the other hand, it has to be called + % after \pchapsepmacro, or the headline will change too soon. + \gdef\thissection{#1}% + \gdef\thischaptername{#1}% + % + % Only insert the separating space if we have a chapter/appendix + % number, and don't print the unnumbered ``number''. + \def\temptype{#2}% + \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword + \setbox0 = \hbox{}% + \def\toctype{unnchap}% + \gdef\thischapter{#1}% + \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword + \setbox0 = \hbox{}% contents like unnumbered, but no toc entry + \def\toctype{omit}% + \gdef\thischapter{}% + \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword + \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} #3\enspace}% + \def\toctype{app}% + % We don't substitute the actual chapter name into \thischapter + % because we don't want its macros evaluated now. And we don't + % use \thissection because that changes with each section. + % + \xdef\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter: + \noexpand\thischaptername}% + \else + \setbox0 = \hbox{#3\enspace}% + \def\toctype{numchap}% + \xdef\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \the\chapno: + \noexpand\thischaptername}% + \fi\fi\fi + % + % Write the toc entry for this chapter. Must come before the + % \donoderef, because we include the current node name in the toc + % entry, and \donoderef resets it to empty. + \writetocentry{\toctype}{#1}{#3}% + % + % For pdftex, we have to write out the node definition (aka, make + % the pdfdest) after any page break, but before the actual text has + % been typeset. If the destination for the pdf outline is after the + % text, then jumping from the outline may wind up with the text not + % being visible, for instance under high magnification. + \donoderef{#2}% + % + % Typeset the actual heading. + \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright + \hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe + \unhbox0 #1\par}% + }% + \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title + \nobreak +} + +% @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered. +\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax +\def\centerparameters{% + \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip + \leftskip = \rightskip + \parfillskip = 0pt +} + + +% I don't think this chapter style is supported any more, so I'm not +% updating it with the new noderef stuff. We'll see. --karl, 11aug03. +% +\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname} +% +\def\unnchfopen #1{% +\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 + \parindent=0pt\raggedright + \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak +} +\def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts +\vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}% +\par\penalty 5000 % +} +\def\centerchfopen #1{% +\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 + \parindent=0pt + \hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak +} +\def\CHAPFopen{% + \global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen + \global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen} + + +% Section titles. These macros combine the section number parts and +% call the generic \sectionheading to do the printing. +% +\newskip\secheadingskip +\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip{-1000}} + +% Subsection titles. +\newskip\subsecheadingskip +\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip{-500}} + +% Subsubsection titles. +\def\subsubsecheadingskip{\subsecheadingskip} +\def\subsubsecheadingbreak{\subsecheadingbreak} + + +% Print any size, any type, section title. +% +% #1 is the text, #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #3 is +% the section type for xrefs (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix), #4 is the +% section number. +% +\def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{% + {% + % Switch to the right set of fonts. + \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rm + % + % Insert space above the heading. + \csname #2headingbreak\endcsname + % + % Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number. + \def\sectionlevel{#2}% + \def\temptype{#3}% + % + \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword + \setbox0 = \hbox{}% + \def\toctype{unn}% + \gdef\thissection{#1}% + \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword + % for @headings -- no section number, don't include in toc, + % and don't redefine \thissection. + \setbox0 = \hbox{}% + \def\toctype{omit}% + \let\sectionlevel=\empty + \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword + \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}% + \def\toctype{app}% + \gdef\thissection{#1}% + \else + \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}% + \def\toctype{num}% + \gdef\thissection{#1}% + \fi\fi\fi + % + % Write the toc entry (before \donoderef). See comments in \chapmacro. + \writetocentry{\toctype\sectionlevel}{#1}{#4}% + % + % Write the node reference (= pdf destination for pdftex). + % Again, see comments in \chapmacro. + \donoderef{#3}% + % + % Interline glue will be inserted when the vbox is completed. + % That glue will be a valid breakpoint for the page, since it'll be + % preceded by a whatsit (usually from the \donoderef, or from the + % \writetocentry if there was no node). We don't want to allow that + % break, since then the whatsits could end up on page n while the + % section is on page n+1, thus toc/etc. are wrong. Debian bug 276000. + \nobreak + % + % Output the actual section heading. + \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright + \hangindent=\wd0 % zero if no section number + \unhbox0 #1}% + }% + % Add extra space after the heading -- half of whatever came above it. + % Don't allow stretch, though. + \kern .5 \csname #2headingskip\endcsname + % + % Do not let the kern be a potential breakpoint, as it would be if it + % was followed by glue. + \nobreak + % + % We'll almost certainly start a paragraph next, so don't let that + % glue accumulate. (Not a breakpoint because it's preceded by a + % discardable item.) + \vskip-\parskip + % + % This is purely so the last item on the list is a known \penalty > + % 10000. This is so \startdefun can avoid allowing breakpoints after + % section headings. Otherwise, it would insert a valid breakpoint between: + % + % @section sec-whatever + % @deffn def-whatever + \penalty 10001 +} + + +\message{toc,} +% Table of contents. +\newwrite\tocfile + +% Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary. +% Called from @chapter, etc. +% +% Example usage: \writetocentry{sec}{Section Name}{\the\chapno.\the\secno} +% We append the current node name (if any) and page number as additional +% arguments for the \{chap,sec,...}entry macros which will eventually +% read this. The node name is used in the pdf outlines as the +% destination to jump to. +% +% We open the .toc file for writing here instead of at @setfilename (or +% any other fixed time) so that @contents can be anywhere in the document. +% But if #1 is `omit', then we don't do anything. This is used for the +% table of contents chapter openings themselves. +% +\newif\iftocfileopened +\def\omitkeyword{omit}% +% +\def\writetocentry#1#2#3{% + \edef\writetoctype{#1}% + \ifx\writetoctype\omitkeyword \else + \iftocfileopened\else + \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc + \global\tocfileopenedtrue + \fi + % + \iflinks + {\atdummies + \edef\temp{% + \write\tocfile{@#1entry{#2}{#3}{\lastnode}{\noexpand\folio}}}% + \temp + }% + \fi + \fi + % + % Tell \shipout to create a pdf destination on each page, if we're + % writing pdf. These are used in the table of contents. We can't + % just write one on every page because the title pages are numbered + % 1 and 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first + % two pages of the document. Thus, we'd have two destinations named + % `1', and two named `2'. + \ifpdf \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi +} + + +% These characters do not print properly in the Computer Modern roman +% fonts, so we must take special care. This is more or less redundant +% with the Texinfo input format setup at the end of this file. +% +\def\activecatcodes{% + \catcode`\"=\active + \catcode`\$=\active + \catcode`\<=\active + \catcode`\>=\active + \catcode`\\=\active + \catcode`\^=\active + \catcode`\_=\active + \catcode`\|=\active + \catcode`\~=\active +} + + +% Read the toc file, which is essentially Texinfo input. +\def\readtocfile{% + \setupdatafile + \activecatcodes + \input \jobname.toc +} + +\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in +\newcount\savepageno +\newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1 + +% Prepare to read what we've written to \tocfile. +% +\def\startcontents#1{% + % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should + % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain + % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro. + % From: Torbjorn Granlund <tege@matematik.su.se> + \contentsalignmacro + \immediate\closeout\tocfile + % + % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline. + % It is abundantly clear what they are. + \def\thischapter{}% + \chapmacro{#1}{Yomitfromtoc}{}% + % + \savepageno = \pageno + \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly. + \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom. + \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length. + % + % Roman numerals for page numbers. + \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi +} + + +% Normal (long) toc. +\def\contents{% + \startcontents{\putwordTOC}% + \openin 1 \jobname.toc + \ifeof 1 \else + \readtocfile + \fi + \vfill \eject + \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect + \ifeof 1 \else + \pdfmakeoutlines + \fi + \closein 1 + \endgroup + \lastnegativepageno = \pageno + \global\pageno = \savepageno +} + +% And just the chapters. +\def\summarycontents{% + \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}% + % + \let\numchapentry = \shortchapentry + \let\appentry = \shortchapentry + \let\unnchapentry = \shortunnchapentry + % We want a true roman here for the page numbers. + \secfonts + \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf + \let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt + \rm + \hyphenpenalty = 10000 + \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little. + \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{} + \let\appsecentry = \numsecentry + \let\unnsecentry = \numsecentry + \let\numsubsecentry = \numsecentry + \let\appsubsecentry = \numsecentry + \let\unnsubsecentry = \numsecentry + \let\numsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry + \let\appsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry + \let\unnsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry + \openin 1 \jobname.toc + \ifeof 1 \else + \readtocfile + \fi + \closein 1 + \vfill \eject + \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect + \endgroup + \lastnegativepageno = \pageno + \global\pageno = \savepageno +} +\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents + +% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents. +% The arg is, e.g., `A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter. +% +\def\shortchaplabel#1{% + % This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the + % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts. + % But use \hss just in case. + % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after + % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.) + % + % We'd like to right-justify chapter numbers, but that looks strange + % with appendix letters. And right-justifying numbers and + % left-justifying letters looks strange when there is less than 10 + % chapters. Have to read the whole toc once to know how many chapters + % there are before deciding ... + \hbox to 1em{#1\hss}% +} + +% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents. +% The first argument is the chapter or section name. +% The last argument is the page number. +% The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ... + +% Chapters, in the main contents. +\def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} +% +% Chapters, in the short toc. +% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings. +\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3#4{% + \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}% +} + +% Appendices, in the main contents. +% Need the word Appendix, and a fixed-size box. +% +\def\appendixbox#1{% + % We use M since it's probably the widest letter. + \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} M}% + \hbox to \wd0{\putwordAppendix{} #1\hss}} +% +\def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\labelspace#1}{#4}} + +% Unnumbered chapters. +\def\unnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#1}{#4}} +\def\shortunnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}} + +% Sections. +\def\numsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} +\let\appsecentry=\numsecentry +\def\unnsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}} + +% Subsections. +\def\numsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} +\let\appsubsecentry=\numsubsecentry +\def\unnsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#4}} + +% And subsubsections. +\def\numsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} +\let\appsubsubsecentry=\numsubsubsecentry +\def\unnsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#4}} + +% This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels. +% Same as \defaultparindent. +\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 15pt + +% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the +% page number. +% +% If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters +% if at all possible; hence the \penalty. +\def\dochapentry#1#2{% + \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip + \begingroup + \chapentryfonts + \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% + \endgroup + \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip +} + +\def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup + \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent + \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% +\endgroup} + +\def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup + \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent + \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% +\endgroup} + +\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup + \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent + \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% +\endgroup} + +% We use the same \entry macro as for the index entries. +\let\tocentry = \entry + +% Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title. +\def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax} + +\def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}} +\def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}} + +\def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm} +\def\secentryfonts{\textfonts} +\def\subsecentryfonts{\textfonts} +\def\subsubsecentryfonts{\textfonts} + + +\message{environments,} +% @foo ... @end foo. + +% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}. +% +% Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of +% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em. +% +\def\point{$\star$} +\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.15ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}} +\def\expansion{\leavevmode\raise.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}} +\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}} +\def\equiv{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}} + +% The @error{} command. +% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit. +% +\newbox\errorbox +% +{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box. +\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules +% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.) +\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \tensf error\kern-1.5pt} +% +\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil + \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right. + \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules. + \vbox{% + \hrule height\dimen2 + \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text. + \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below. + \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right. + \hrule height\dimen2} + \hfil} +% +\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox} + +% @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw Tex temporarily. +% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works. +% But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character. + +\envdef\tex{% + \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2 + \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6 + \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie + \catcode `\%=14 + \catcode `\+=\other + \catcode `\"=\other + \catcode `\|=\other + \catcode `\<=\other + \catcode `\>=\other + \escapechar=`\\ + % + \let\b=\ptexb + \let\bullet=\ptexbullet + \let\c=\ptexc + \let\,=\ptexcomma + \let\.=\ptexdot + \let\dots=\ptexdots + \let\equiv=\ptexequiv + \let\!=\ptexexclam + \let\i=\ptexi + \let\indent=\ptexindent + \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent + \let\{=\ptexlbrace + \let\+=\tabalign + \let\}=\ptexrbrace + \let\/=\ptexslash + \let\*=\ptexstar + \let\t=\ptext + \let\frenchspacing=\plainfrenchspacing + % + \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}% + \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}% + \def\@{@}% +} +% There is no need to define \Etex. + +% Define @lisp ... @end lisp. +% @lisp environment forms a group so it can rebind things, +% including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous). + +% Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp. +\newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in + +% This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other +% such environments. \null is better than a space, since it doesn't +% have any width. +\def\lisppar{\null\endgraf} + +% This space is always present above and below environments. +\newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt + +% Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here +% to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip +% is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the +% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip. +% +\def\aboveenvbreak{{% + % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and + % \sectionheading, q.v. + \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else + \advance\envskipamount by \parskip + \endgraf + \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount + \removelastskip + % it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak + % or better ... + \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \penalty-50 \fi + \vskip\envskipamount + \fi + \fi +}} + +\let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak + +% \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins; it will +% also clear it, so that its embedded environments do the narrowing again. +\let\nonarrowing=\relax + +% @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around +% environment contents. +\font\circle=lcircle10 +\newdimen\circthick +\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner +\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip +\circthick=\fontdimen8\circle +% +\def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth +\def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}} +\def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}} +\def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}} +\def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip + \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr + \hskip\rskip}} +\def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip + \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr + \hskip\rskip}} +% +\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip + +\envdef\cartouche{% + \ifhmode\par\fi % can't be in the midst of a paragraph. + \startsavinginserts + \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip + \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt % we want these *outside*. + \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip + \advance\cartinner by-\rskip + \cartouter=\hsize + \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either + % side, and for 6pt waste from + % each corner char, and rule thickness + \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip + % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin. + \let\nonarrowing = t% + \vbox\bgroup + \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt + \carttop + \hbox\bgroup + \hskip\lskip + \vrule\kern3pt + \vbox\bgroup + \kern3pt + \hsize=\cartinner + \baselineskip=\normbskip + \lineskip=\normlskip + \parskip=\normpskip + \vskip -\parskip + \comment % For explanation, see the end of \def\group. +} +\def\Ecartouche{% + \ifhmode\par\fi + \kern3pt + \egroup + \kern3pt\vrule + \hskip\rskip + \egroup + \cartbot + \egroup + \checkinserts +} + + +% This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants, +% inside a group. +\def\nonfillstart{% + \aboveenvbreak + \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy + \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens. + \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines + \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output + \parskip = 0pt + \parindent = 0pt + \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes + \ifx\nonarrowing\relax + \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing + \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing + \else + \let\nonarrowing = \relax + \fi + \let\exdent=\nofillexdent +} + +% If you want all examples etc. small: @set dispenvsize small. +% If you want even small examples the full size: @set dispenvsize nosmall. +% This affects the following displayed environments: +% @example, @display, @format, @lisp +% +\def\smallword{small} +\def\nosmallword{nosmall} +\let\SETdispenvsize\relax +\def\setnormaldispenv{% + \ifx\SETdispenvsize\smallword + \smallexamplefonts \rm + \fi +} +\def\setsmalldispenv{% + \ifx\SETdispenvsize\nosmallword + \else + \smallexamplefonts \rm + \fi +} + +% We often define two environments, @foo and @smallfoo. +% Let's do it by one command: +\def\makedispenv #1#2{ + \expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2} + \expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2} + \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak + \expandafter\let\csname Esmall#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak +} + +% Define two synonyms: +\def\maketwodispenvs #1#2#3{ + \makedispenv{#1}{#3} + \makedispenv{#2}{#3} +} + +% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font; @example: same as @lisp. +% +% @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts. +% Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox. +% +\maketwodispenvs {lisp}{example}{% + \nonfillstart + \tt + \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special. + \gobble % eat return +} + +% @display/@smalldisplay: same as @lisp except keep current font. +% +\makedispenv {display}{% + \nonfillstart + \gobble +} + +% @format/@smallformat: same as @display except don't narrow margins. +% +\makedispenv{format}{% + \let\nonarrowing = t% + \nonfillstart + \gobble +} + +% @flushleft: same as @format, but doesn't obey \SETdispenvsize. +\envdef\flushleft{% + \let\nonarrowing = t% + \nonfillstart + \gobble +} +\let\Eflushleft = \afterenvbreak + +% @flushright. +% +\envdef\flushright{% + \let\nonarrowing = t% + \nonfillstart + \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill + \gobble +} +\let\Eflushright = \afterenvbreak + + +% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart) +% and narrows the margins. We keep \parskip nonzero in general, since +% we're doing normal filling. So, when using \aboveenvbreak and +% \afterenvbreak, temporarily make \parskip 0. +% +\envdef\quotation{% + {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip + \parindent=0pt + % + % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down. + \ifx\nonarrowing\relax + \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing + \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing + \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing + \else + \let\nonarrowing = \relax + \fi + \parsearg\quotationlabel +} + +% We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're +% doing normal filling. +% +\def\Equotation{% + \par + \ifx\quotationauthor\undefined\else + % indent a bit. + \leftline{\kern 2\leftskip \sl ---\quotationauthor}% + \fi + {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}% +} + +% If we're given an argument, typeset it in bold with a colon after. +\def\quotationlabel#1{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\empty \else + {\bf #1: }% + \fi +} + + +% LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{<char>...<char>} +% If we want to allow any <char> as delimiter, +% we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg: +% `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command. --janneke@gnu.org +% +% [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996. The TeXbook. +% +% [Knuth] p.344; only we need to do the other characters Texinfo sets +% active too. Otherwise, they get lost as the first character on a +% verbatim line. +\def\dospecials{% + \do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&% + \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~% + \do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"% +} +% +% [Knuth] p. 380 +\def\uncatcodespecials{% + \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=\other}\dospecials} +% +% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391 +% Disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font +\begingroup + \catcode`\`=\active\gdef`{\relax\lq} +\endgroup +% +% Setup for the @verb command. +% +% Eight spaces for a tab +\begingroup + \catcode`\^^I=\active + \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }} +\endgroup +% +\def\setupverb{% + \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim + \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}% + \catcode`\`=\active + \tabeightspaces + % Respect line breaks, + % print special symbols as themselves, and + % make each space count + % must do in this order: + \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces +} + +% Setup for the @verbatim environment +% +% Real tab expansion +\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount +% +\def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup} +\begingroup + \catcode`\^^I=\active + \gdef\tabexpand{% + \catcode`\^^I=\active + \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup + \dimen0=\wd0 % the width so far, or since the previous tab + \divide\dimen0 by\tabw + \multiply\dimen0 by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw + \advance\dimen0 by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw + \wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox + }% + } +\endgroup +\def\setupverbatim{% + \let\nonarrowing = t% + \nonfillstart + % Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim + \tt + \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}% + \catcode`\`=\active + \tabexpand + % Respect line breaks, + % print special symbols as themselves, and + % make each space count + % must do in this order: + \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces + \everypar{\starttabbox}% +} + +% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique +% delimiter characters. Before first delimiter expect a +% right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace: +% +% \def\doverb'{'<char>#1<char>'}'{#1} +% +% [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {} +\begingroup + \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=\other\catcode`\}=\other + \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next] +\endgroup +% +\def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb} +% +% +% Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that +% the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie: +% +% \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1} +% +% For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX, +% because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}': +% we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'. +% +% Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx] +% +\begingroup + \catcode`\ =\active + \obeylines % + % ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end + % of the @verbatim input line itself. Otherwise we get an extra blank + % line in the output. + \xdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{#2\noexpand\end\gobble verbatim}% + % We really want {...\end verbatim} in the body of the macro, but + % without the active space; thus we have to use \xdef and \gobble. +\endgroup +% +\envdef\verbatim{% + \setupverbatim\doverbatim +} +\let\Everbatim = \afterenvbreak + + +% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment. +% +\def\verbatiminclude{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\doverbatiminclude} +% +\def\doverbatiminclude#1{% + {% + \makevalueexpandable + \setupverbatim + \input #1 + \afterenvbreak + }% +} + +% @copying ... @end copying. +% Save the text away for @insertcopying later. +% +% We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box. +% Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the +% typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done +% beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source +% file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as +% possible is very desirable. +% +\def\copying{\checkenv{}\begingroup\scanargctxt\docopying} +\def\docopying#1@end copying{\endgroup\def\copyingtext{#1}} +% +\def\insertcopying{% + \begingroup + \parindent = 0pt % paragraph indentation looks wrong on title page + \scanexp\copyingtext + \endgroup +} + +\message{defuns,} +% @defun etc. + +\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in +\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt +\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt + +% Start the processing of @deffn: +\def\startdefun{% + \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 + \medbreak + \else + % If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak, + % which is there to keep the function description together with its + % header. But if there's nothing but headers, we need to allow a + % break somewhere. Check specifically for penalty 10002, inserted + % by \defargscommonending, instead of 10000, since the sectioning + % commands also insert a nobreak penalty, and we don't want to allow + % a break between a section heading and a defun. + % + \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty2000 \fi + % + % Similarly, after a section heading, do not allow a break. + % But do insert the glue. + \medskip % preceded by discardable penalty, so not a breakpoint + \fi + % + \parindent=0in + \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent + \exdentamount=\defbodyindent +} + +\def\dodefunx#1{% + % First, check whether we are in the right environment: + \checkenv#1% + % + % As above, allow line break if we have multiple x headers in a row. + % It's not a great place, though. + \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty3000 \fi + % + % And now, it's time to reuse the body of the original defun: + \expandafter\gobbledefun#1% +} +\def\gobbledefun#1\startdefun{} + +% \printdefunline \deffnheader{text} +% +\def\printdefunline#1#2{% + \begingroup + % call \deffnheader: + #1#2 \endheader + % common ending: + \interlinepenalty = 10000 + \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil + \endgraf + \nobreak\vskip -\parskip + \penalty 10002 % signal to \startdefun and \dodefunx + % Some of the @defun-type tags do not enable magic parentheses, + % rendering the following check redundant. But we don't optimize. + \checkparencounts + \endgroup +} + +\def\Edefun{\endgraf\medbreak} + +% \makedefun{deffn} creates \deffn, \deffnx and \Edeffn; +% the only thing remainnig is to define \deffnheader. +% +\def\makedefun#1{% + \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname = \Edefun + \edef\temp{\noexpand\domakedefun + \makecsname{#1}\makecsname{#1x}\makecsname{#1header}}% + \temp +} + +% \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader +% +% Define \deffn and \deffnx, without parameters. +% \deffnheader has to be defined explicitly. +% +\def\domakedefun#1#2#3{% + \envdef#1{% + \startdefun + \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline#3}% + }% + \def#2{\dodefunx#1}% + \def#3% +} + +%%% Untyped functions: + +% @deffn category name args +\makedefun{deffn}{\deffngeneral{}} + +% @deffn category class name args +\makedefun{defop}#1 {\defopon{#1\ \putwordon}} + +% \defopon {category on}class name args +\def\defopon#1#2 {\deffngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } + +% \deffngeneral {subind}category name args +% +\def\deffngeneral#1#2 #3 #4\endheader{% + % Remember that \dosubind{fn}{foo}{} is equivalent to \doind{fn}{foo}. + \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{#1}% + \defname{#2}{}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}% +} + +%%% Typed functions: + +% @deftypefn category type name args +\makedefun{deftypefn}{\deftypefngeneral{}} + +% @deftypeop category class type name args +\makedefun{deftypeop}#1 {\deftypeopon{#1\ \putwordon}} + +% \deftypeopon {category on}class type name args +\def\deftypeopon#1#2 {\deftypefngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } + +% \deftypefngeneral {subind}category type name args +% +\def\deftypefngeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{% + \dosubind{fn}{\code{#4}}{#1}% + \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}% +} + +%%% Typed variables: + +% @deftypevr category type var args +\makedefun{deftypevr}{\deftypecvgeneral{}} + +% @deftypecv category class type var args +\makedefun{deftypecv}#1 {\deftypecvof{#1\ \putwordof}} + +% \deftypecvof {category of}class type var args +\def\deftypecvof#1#2 {\deftypecvgeneral{\putwordof\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } + +% \deftypecvgeneral {subind}category type var args +% +\def\deftypecvgeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{% + \dosubind{vr}{\code{#4}}{#1}% + \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}% +} + +%%% Untyped variables: + +% @defvr category var args +\makedefun{defvr}#1 {\deftypevrheader{#1} {} } + +% @defcv category class var args +\makedefun{defcv}#1 {\defcvof{#1\ \putwordof}} + +% \defcvof {category of}class var args +\def\defcvof#1#2 {\deftypecvof{#1}#2 {} } + +%%% Type: +% @deftp category name args +\makedefun{deftp}#1 #2 #3\endheader{% + \doind{tp}{\code{#2}}% + \defname{#1}{}{#2}\defunargs{#3\unskip}% +} + +% Remaining @defun-like shortcuts: +\makedefun{defun}{\deffnheader{\putwordDeffunc} } +\makedefun{defmac}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefmac} } +\makedefun{defspec}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefspec} } +\makedefun{deftypefun}{\deftypefnheader{\putwordDeffunc} } +\makedefun{defvar}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefvar} } +\makedefun{defopt}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefopt} } +\makedefun{deftypevar}{\deftypevrheader{\putwordDefvar} } +\makedefun{defmethod}{\defopon\putwordMethodon} +\makedefun{deftypemethod}{\deftypeopon\putwordMethodon} +\makedefun{defivar}{\defcvof\putwordInstanceVariableof} +\makedefun{deftypeivar}{\deftypecvof\putwordInstanceVariableof} + +% \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args). +% #1 is the category, such as "Function". +% #2 is the return type, if any. +% #3 is the function name. +% +% We are followed by (but not passed) the arguments, if any. +% +\def\defname#1#2#3{% + % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def... + \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent + % + % How we'll format the type name. Putting it in brackets helps + % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line + % just below it. + \def\temp{#1}% + \setbox0=\hbox{\kern\deflastargmargin \ifx\temp\empty\else [\rm\temp]\fi} + % + % Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape. + % The first line needs space for \box0; but if \rightskip is nonzero, + % we need only space for the part of \box0 which exceeds it: + \dimen0=\hsize \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 \advance\dimen0 by \rightskip + % The continuations: + \dimen2=\hsize \advance\dimen2 by -\defargsindent + % (plain.tex says that \dimen1 should be used only as global.) + \parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen2 + % + % Put the type name to the right margin. + \noindent + \hbox to 0pt{% + \hfil\box0 \kern-\hsize + % \hsize has to be shortened this way: + \kern\leftskip + % Intentionally do not respect \rightskip, since we need the space. + }% + % + % Allow all lines to be underfull without complaint: + \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000 + \exdentamount=\defbodyindent + {% + % defun fonts. We use typewriter by default (used to be bold) because: + % . we're printing identifiers, they should be in tt in principle. + % . in languages with many accents, such as Czech or French, it's + % common to leave accents off identifiers. The result looks ok in + % tt, but exceedingly strange in rm. + % . we don't want -- and --- to be treated as ligatures. + % . this still does not fix the ?` and !` ligatures, but so far no + % one has made identifiers using them :). + \df \tt + \def\temp{#2}% return value type + \ifx\temp\empty\else \tclose{\temp} \fi + #3% output function name + }% + {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \tenrm + % + \boldbrax + % arguments will be output next, if any. +} + +% Print arguments in slanted roman (not ttsl), inconsistently with using +% tt for the name. This is because literal text is sometimes needed in +% the argument list (groff manual), and ttsl and tt are not very +% distinguishable. Prevent hyphenation at `-' chars. +% +\def\defunargs#1{% + % use sl by default (not ttsl), + % tt for the names. + \df \sl \hyphenchar\font=0 + % + % On the other hand, if an argument has two dashes (for instance), we + % want a way to get ttsl. Let's try @var for that. + \let\var=\ttslanted + #1% + \sl\hyphenchar\font=45 +} + +% We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line. +% +\def\activeparens{% + \catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active + \catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active + \catcode`\&=\active +} + +% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars. +\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = ) + +% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example, +% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet, +% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence. +{ + \activeparens + \global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen + \global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack + \global\let& = \& + + \gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb} + \gdef\magicamp{\let&=\amprm} +} + +\newcount\parencount + +% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards +\newif\ifampseen +\def\amprm#1 {\ampseentrue{\bf\ }} + +\def\parenfont{% + \ifampseen + % At the first level, print parens in roman, + % otherwise use the default font. + \ifnum \parencount=1 \rm \fi + \else + % The \sf parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than + % the contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ] . + \sf + \fi +} +\def\infirstlevel#1{% + \ifampseen + \ifnum\parencount=1 + #1% + \fi + \fi +} +\def\bfafterword#1 {#1 \bf} + +\def\opnr{% + \global\advance\parencount by 1 + {\parenfont(}% + \infirstlevel \bfafterword +} +\def\clnr{% + {\parenfont)}% + \infirstlevel \sl + \global\advance\parencount by -1 +} + +\newcount\brackcount +\def\lbrb{% + \global\advance\brackcount by 1 + {\bf[}% +} +\def\rbrb{% + {\bf]}% + \global\advance\brackcount by -1 +} + +\def\checkparencounts{% + \ifnum\parencount=0 \else \badparencount \fi + \ifnum\brackcount=0 \else \badbrackcount \fi +} +\def\badparencount{% + \errmessage{Unbalanced parentheses in @def}% + \global\parencount=0 +} +\def\badbrackcount{% + \errmessage{Unbalanced square braces in @def}% + \global\brackcount=0 +} + + +\message{macros,} +% @macro. + +% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens, +% which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX. +\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined + \newwrite\macscribble + \def\scantokens#1{% + \toks0={#1}% + \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp + \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}% + \immediate\closeout\macscribble + \input \jobname.tmp + } +\fi + +\def\scanmacro#1{% + \begingroup + \newlinechar`\^^M + \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces + % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex + % When called from @insertcopying or (short)caption, we need active + % backslash to get it printed correctly. Previously, we had + % \catcode`\\=\other instead. We'll see whether a problem appears + % with macro expansion. --kasal, 19aug04 + \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active \escapechar=`\@ + % ... and \example + \spaceisspace + % + % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline. + % + % I've verified that it is necessary both for e-TeX and for ordinary TeX + % --kasal, 29nov03 + \scantokens{#1\endinput}% + \endgroup +} + +\def\scanexp#1{% + \edef\temp{\noexpand\scanmacro{#1}}% + \temp +} + +\newcount\paramno % Count of parameters +\newtoks\macname % Macro name +\newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive? + +% List of all defined macros in the form +% \definedummyword\macro1\definedummyword\macro2... +% Currently is also contains all @aliases; the list can be split +% if there is a need. +\def\macrolist{} + +% Add the macro to \macrolist +\def\addtomacrolist#1{\expandafter \addtomacrolistxxx \csname#1\endcsname} +\def\addtomacrolistxxx#1{% + \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\definedummyword#1}% + \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0}% +} + +% Utility routines. +% This does \let #1 = #2, with \csnames; that is, +% \let \csname#1\endcsname = \csname#2\endcsname +% (except of course we have to play expansion games). +% +\def\cslet#1#2{% + \expandafter\let + \csname#1\expandafter\endcsname + \csname#2\endcsname +} + +% Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string. +% Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN). +{\catcode`\@=11 +\gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }} +\gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@} +\gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @} +\def\unbrace#1{#1} +\unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1} +} + +% Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string. +{\catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\Q=3% +\gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}% +\gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}% +\gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}% +} + +% Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where +% all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active +% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \. + +% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is +% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro +% body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro. + +\def\scanctxt{% + \catcode`\"=\other + \catcode`\+=\other + \catcode`\<=\other + \catcode`\>=\other + \catcode`\@=\other + \catcode`\^=\other + \catcode`\_=\other + \catcode`\|=\other + \catcode`\~=\other +} + +\def\scanargctxt{% + \scanctxt + \catcode`\\=\other + \catcode`\^^M=\other +} + +\def\macrobodyctxt{% + \scanctxt + \catcode`\{=\other + \catcode`\}=\other + \catcode`\^^M=\other + \usembodybackslash +} + +\def\macroargctxt{% + \scanctxt + \catcode`\\=\other +} + +% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies. +% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N +% where N is the macro parameter number. +% We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so +% \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash. + +{\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active + @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash} + @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname} +} +\expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash} + +\def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx} +\def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx} + +\def\macroxxx#1{% + \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist + \ifx\argl\empty % no arguments + \paramno=0% + \else + \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;% + \fi + \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname + \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}% + \else + \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax + \else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi + \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}% + \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1% + \addtomacrolist{\the\macname}% + \fi + \begingroup \macrobodyctxt + \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody + \else \expandafter\parsemacbody + \fi} + +\parseargdef\unmacro{% + \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname + \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}% + \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0% + % Remove the macro name from \macrolist: + \begingroup + \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax + \let\definedummyword\unmacrodo + \xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}% + \endgroup + \else + \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}% + \fi +} + +% Called by \do from \dounmacro on each macro. The idea is to omit any +% macro definitions that have been changed to \relax. +% +\def\unmacrodo#1{% + \ifx #1\relax + % remove this + \else + \noexpand\definedummyword \noexpand#1% + \fi +} + +% This makes use of the obscure feature that if the last token of a +% <parameter list> is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by +% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed. +\def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}} +\def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs} +\def\getmacname #1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}} +\def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}} + +% Parse the optional {params} list. Set up \paramno and \paramlist +% so \defmacro knows what to do. Define \macarg.blah for each blah +% in the params list, to be ##N where N is the position in that list. +% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above). + +% We need to get `macro parameter char #' into several definitions. +% The technique used is stolen from LaTeX: let \hash be something +% unexpandable, insert that wherever you need a #, and then redefine +% it to # just before using the token list produced. +% +% The same technique is used to protect \eatspaces till just before +% the macro is used. + +\def\parsemargdef#1;{\paramno=0\def\paramlist{}% + \let\hash\relax\let\xeatspaces\relax\parsemargdefxxx#1,;,} +\def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{% + \if#1;\let\next=\relax + \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx + \advance\paramno by 1% + \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname + {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno}}% + \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}% + \fi\next} + +% These two commands read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies. +% (They're different since rec and nonrec macros end differently.) + +\long\def\parsemacbody#1@end macro% +{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}% +\long\def\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro% +{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}% + +% This defines the macro itself. There are six cases: recursive and +% nonrecursive macros of zero, one, and many arguments. +% Much magic with \expandafter here. +% \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file +% they're defined in; @include reads the file inside a group. +\def\defmacro{% + \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars + \ifrecursive + \ifcase\paramno + % 0 + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% + \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% + \or % 1 + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% + \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt + \noexpand\braceorline + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{% + \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% + \else % many + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% + \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt + \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% + \expandafter\expandafter + \expandafter\xdef + \expandafter\expandafter + \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname + \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% + \fi + \else + \ifcase\paramno + % 0 + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% + \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% + \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% + \or % 1 + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% + \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt + \noexpand\braceorline + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{% + \egroup + \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% + \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% + \else % many + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% + \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% + \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% + \expandafter\expandafter + \expandafter\xdef + \expandafter\expandafter + \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname + \paramlist{% + \egroup + \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% + \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% + \fi + \fi} + +\def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}} + +% \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a +% {. If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole +% line. Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence +% as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg) +\def\braceorline#1{\let\next=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx} +\def\braceorlinexxx{% + \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else + \expandafter\parsearg + \fi \next} + + +% @alias. +% We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal +% sign. Just make them active and then expand them all to nothing. +\def\alias{\parseargusing\obeyspaces\aliasxxx} +\def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax} +\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{% + {% + \expandafter\let\obeyedspace=\empty + \addtomacrolist{#1}% + \xdef\next{\global\let\makecsname{#1}=\makecsname{#2}}% + }% + \next +} + + +\message{cross references,} + +\newwrite\auxfile + +\newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known. +\newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known. + +% @inforef is relatively simple. +\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**} +\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}}, + node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}} + +% @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in +% cross-references. The @node line might or might not have commas, and +% might or might not have spaces before the first comma, like: +% @node foo , bar , ... +% We don't want such trailing spaces in the node name. +% +\parseargdef\node{\checkenv{}\donode #1 ,\finishnodeparse} +% +% also remove a trailing comma, in case of something like this: +% @node Help-Cross, , , Cross-refs +\def\donode#1 ,#2\finishnodeparse{\dodonode #1,\finishnodeparse} +\def\dodonode#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}} + +\let\nwnode=\node +\let\lastnode=\empty + +% Write a cross-reference definition for the current node. #1 is the +% type (Ynumbered, Yappendix, Ynothing). +% +\def\donoderef#1{% + \ifx\lastnode\empty\else + \setref{\lastnode}{#1}% + \global\let\lastnode=\empty + \fi +} + +% @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point. +% +\newcount\savesfregister +% +\def\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi} +\def\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi} +\def\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces} + +% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an +% anchor), which consists of three parts: +% 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \thissection, +% or the anchor name. +% 2) NAME-snt - section number and type, passed as the SNT arg, or +% empty for anchors. +% 3) NAME-pg - the page number. +% +% This is called from \donoderef, \anchor, and \dofloat. In the case of +% floats, there is an additional part, which is not written here: +% 4) NAME-lof - the text as it should appear in a @listoffloats. +% +\def\setref#1#2{% + \pdfmkdest{#1}% + \iflinks + {% + \atdummies % preserve commands, but don't expand them + \edef\writexrdef##1##2{% + \write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef + ##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef + }% + \toks0 = \expandafter{\thissection}% + \immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }% + \immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc. + \writexrdef{pg}{\folio}% will be written later, during \shipout + }% + \fi +} + +% @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is +% the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed +% node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed +% manual. All but the node name can be omitted. +% +\def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} +\def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} +\def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} +\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup + \unsepspaces + \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}% + \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #3}% + \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual\unskip}% + \setbox0=\hbox{\printedrefname\unskip}% + \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt + % No printed node name was explicitly given. + \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax + % Use the node name inside the square brackets. + \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% + \else + % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside + % the square brackets. Use the real section title if we have it. + \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt + % It is in another manual, so we don't have it. + \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% + \else + \ifhavexrefs + % We know the real title if we have the xref values. + \def\printedrefname{\refx{#1-title}{}}% + \else + % Otherwise just copy the Info node name. + \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% + \fi% + \fi + \fi + \fi + % + % Make link in pdf output. + \ifpdf + \leavevmode + \getfilename{#4}% + {\turnoffactive + % See comments at \activebackslashdouble. + {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfxrefdest{#1}% + \backslashparens\pdfxrefdest}% + % + \ifnum\filenamelength>0 + \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% + goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{\pdfxrefdest}% + \else + \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% + goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfxrefdest}}% + \fi + }% + \linkcolor + \fi + % + % Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2" + % instead of "[somenode], p.3". We distinguish them by the + % LABEL-title being set to a magic string. + {% + % Have to otherify everything special to allow the \csname to + % include an _ in the xref name, etc. + \indexnofonts + \turnoffactive + \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Xthisreftitle + \csname XR#1-title\endcsname + }% + \iffloat\Xthisreftitle + % If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref, + % print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2". + \ifdim\wd0 = 0pt + \refx{#1-snt}{}% + \else + \printedrefname + \fi + % + % if the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append + % "in MANUALNAME". + \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt + \space \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}% + \fi + \else + % node/anchor (non-float) references. + % + % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not + % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will + % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals + % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this + % is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it + % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time. + \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt + \putwordsection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}% + \else + % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the + % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand + % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of + % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the + % printing, back off for the \refx-pg. + {\turnoffactive + % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for + % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be. + \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}% + \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi + }% + % output the `[mynode]' via a macro so it can be overridden. + \xrefprintnodename\printedrefname + % + % But we always want a comma and a space: + ,\space + % + % output the `page 3'. + \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}% + \fi + \fi + \endlink +\endgroup} + +% This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref +% output. It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily, +% since square brackets don't work well in some documents. Particularly +% one that Bob is working on :). +% +\def\xrefprintnodename#1{[#1]} + +% Things referred to by \setref. +% +\def\Ynothing{} +\def\Yomitfromtoc{} +\def\Ynumbered{% + \ifnum\secno=0 + \putwordChapter@tie \the\chapno + \else \ifnum\subsecno=0 + \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno + \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0 + \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno + \else + \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno + \fi\fi\fi +} +\def\Yappendix{% + \ifnum\secno=0 + \putwordAppendix@tie @char\the\appendixno{}% + \else \ifnum\subsecno=0 + \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno + \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0 + \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno + \else + \putwordSection@tie + @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno + \fi\fi\fi +} + +% Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME. +% If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward. +% +\def\refx#1#2{% + {% + \indexnofonts + \otherbackslash + \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX + \csname XR#1\endcsname + }% + \ifx\thisrefX\relax + % If not defined, say something at least. + \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright + \iflinks + \ifhavexrefs + \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}% + \else + \ifwarnedxrefs\else + \global\warnedxrefstrue + \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}% + \fi + \fi + \fi + \else + % It's defined, so just use it. + \thisrefX + \fi + #2% Output the suffix in any case. +} + +% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. Usually it's +% just a \def (we prepend XR to the control sequence name to avoid +% collisions). But if this is a float type, we have more work to do. +% +\def\xrdef#1#2{% + \expandafter\gdef\csname XR#1\endcsname{#2}% remember this xref value. + % + % Was that xref control sequence that we just defined for a float? + \expandafter\iffloat\csname XR#1\endcsname + % it was a float, and we have the (safe) float type in \iffloattype. + \expandafter\let\expandafter\floatlist + \csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname + % + % Is this the first time we've seen this float type? + \expandafter\ifx\floatlist\relax + \toks0 = {\do}% yes, so just \do + \else + % had it before, so preserve previous elements in list. + \toks0 = \expandafter{\floatlist\do}% + \fi + % + % Remember this xref in the control sequence \floatlistFLOATTYPE, + % for later use in \listoffloats. + \expandafter\xdef\csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname{\the\toks0{#1}}% + \fi +} + +% Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists. +% +\def\tryauxfile{% + \openin 1 \jobname.aux + \ifeof 1 \else + \readdatafile{aux}% + \global\havexrefstrue + \fi + \closein 1 +} + +\def\setupdatafile{% + \catcode`\^^@=\other + \catcode`\^^A=\other + \catcode`\^^B=\other + \catcode`\^^C=\other + \catcode`\^^D=\other + \catcode`\^^E=\other + \catcode`\^^F=\other + \catcode`\^^G=\other + \catcode`\^^H=\other + \catcode`\^^K=\other + \catcode`\^^L=\other + \catcode`\^^N=\other + \catcode`\^^P=\other + \catcode`\^^Q=\other + \catcode`\^^R=\other + \catcode`\^^S=\other + \catcode`\^^T=\other + \catcode`\^^U=\other + \catcode`\^^V=\other + \catcode`\^^W=\other + \catcode`\^^X=\other + \catcode`\^^Z=\other + \catcode`\^^[=\other + \catcode`\^^\=\other + \catcode`\^^]=\other + \catcode`\^^^=\other + \catcode`\^^_=\other + % It was suggested to set the catcode of ^ to 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc. + % in xref tags, i.e., node names. But since ^^e4 notation isn't + % supported in the main text, it doesn't seem desirable. Furthermore, + % that is not enough: for node names that actually contain a ^ + % character, we would end up writing a line like this: 'xrdef {'hat + % b-title}{'hat b} and \xrdef does a \csname...\endcsname on the first + % argument, and \hat is not an expandable control sequence. It could + % all be worked out, but why? Either we support ^^ or we don't. + % + % The other change necessary for this was to define \auxhat: + % \def\auxhat{\def^{'hat }}% extra space so ok if followed by letter + % and then to call \auxhat in \setq. + % + \catcode`\^=\other + % + % Special characters. Should be turned off anyway, but... + \catcode`\~=\other + \catcode`\[=\other + \catcode`\]=\other + \catcode`\"=\other + \catcode`\_=\other + \catcode`\|=\other + \catcode`\<=\other + \catcode`\>=\other + \catcode`\$=\other + \catcode`\#=\other + \catcode`\&=\other + \catcode`\%=\other + \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off + % + % This is to support \ in node names and titles, since the \ + % characters end up in a \csname. It's easier than + % leaving it active and making its active definition an actual \ + % character. What I don't understand is why it works in the *value* + % of the xrdef. Seems like it should be a catcode12 \, and that + % should not typeset properly. But it works, so I'm moving on for + % now. --karl, 15jan04. + \catcode`\\=\other + % + % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters. + {% + \count1=128 + \def\loop{% + \catcode\count1=\other + \advance\count1 by 1 + \ifnum \count1<256 \loop \fi + }% + }% + % + % @ is our escape character in .aux files, and we need braces. + \catcode`\{=1 + \catcode`\}=2 + \catcode`\@=0 +} + +\def\readdatafile#1{% +\begingroup + \setupdatafile + \input\jobname.#1 +\endgroup} + +\message{insertions,} +% including footnotes. + +\newcount \footnoteno + +% The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is +% vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a +% pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is +% removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a +% space to prevent strange expansion errors.) +\def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 } + +% @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only. +\let\footnotestyle=\comment + +{\catcode `\@=11 +% +% Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain. +\gdef\footnote{% + \let\indent=\ptexindent + \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent + \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne + \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}% + % + % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the + % extra spacing after we do the footnote number. + \let\@sf\empty + \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\ptexslash\fi + % + % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number. + \unskip + \thisfootno\@sf + \dofootnote +}% + +% Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the +% footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general. +% +% Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset (and anything else that uses +% \parseargline) fails inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when +% the footnote is read. --karl, 16nov96. +% +\gdef\dofootnote{% + \insert\footins\bgroup + % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the + % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment. + % So reset some parameters. + \hsize=\pagewidth + \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty + \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes + \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox + \floatingpenalty\@MM + \leftskip\z@skip + \rightskip\z@skip + \spaceskip\z@skip + \xspaceskip\z@skip + \parindent\defaultparindent + % + \smallfonts \rm + % + % Because we use hanging indentation in footnotes, a @noindent appears + % to exdent this text, so make it be a no-op. makeinfo does not use + % hanging indentation so @noindent can still be needed within footnote + % text after an @example or the like (not that this is good style). + \let\noindent = \relax + % + % Hang the footnote text off the number. Use \everypar in case the + % footnote extends for more than one paragraph. + \everypar = {\hang}% + \textindent{\thisfootno}% + % + % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this + % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it + % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote. + \footstrut + \futurelet\next\fo@t +} +}%end \catcode `\@=11 + +% In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create +% the real \insert just after the vbox finished. Otherwise, the insertion +% would be lost. +% Similarly, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote +% text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished. +% And the same can be done for other insert classes. --kasal, 16nov03. + +% Replace the \insert primitive by a cheating macro. +% Deeper inside, just make sure that the saved insertions are not spilled +% out prematurely. +% +\def\startsavinginserts{% + \ifx \insert\ptexinsert + \let\insert\saveinsert + \else + \let\checkinserts\relax + \fi +} + +% This \insert replacement works for both \insert\footins{foo} and +% \insert\footins\bgroup foo\egroup, but it doesn't work for \insert27{foo}. +% +\def\saveinsert#1{% + \edef\next{\noexpand\savetobox \makeSAVEname#1}% + \afterassignment\next + % swallow the left brace + \let\temp = +} +\def\makeSAVEname#1{\makecsname{SAVE\expandafter\gobble\string#1}} +\def\savetobox#1{\global\setbox#1 = \vbox\bgroup \unvbox#1} + +\def\checksaveins#1{\ifvoid#1\else \placesaveins#1\fi} + +\def\placesaveins#1{% + \ptexinsert \csname\expandafter\gobblesave\string#1\endcsname + {\box#1}% +} + +% eat @SAVE -- beware, all of them have catcode \other: +{ + \def\dospecials{\do S\do A\do V\do E} \uncatcodespecials % ;-) + \gdef\gobblesave @SAVE{} +} + +% initialization: +\def\newsaveins #1{% + \edef\next{\noexpand\newsaveinsX \makeSAVEname#1}% + \next +} +\def\newsaveinsX #1{% + \csname newbox\endcsname #1% + \expandafter\def\expandafter\checkinserts\expandafter{\checkinserts + \checksaveins #1}% +} + +% initialize: +\let\checkinserts\empty +\newsaveins\footins +\newsaveins\margin + + +% @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this. +% If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain. +% +% Check for and read epsf.tex up front. If we read it only at @image +% time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get +% undone and the next image would fail. +\openin 1 = epsf.tex +\ifeof 1 \else + % Do not bother showing banner with epsf.tex v2.7k (available in + % doc/epsf.tex and on ctan). + \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }% + \input epsf.tex +\fi +\closein 1 +% +% We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex. +\newif\ifwarnednoepsf +\newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to + work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get + it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.} +% +\def\image#1{% + \ifx\epsfbox\undefined + \ifwarnednoepsf \else + \errhelp = \noepsfhelp + \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}% + \global\warnednoepsftrue + \fi + \else + \imagexxx #1,,,,,\finish + \fi +} +% +% Arguments to @image: +% #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension. +% #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height. +% #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text. +% #5 is (ignored optional) extension. +% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff. +\newif\ifimagevmode +\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup + \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example + \normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names + % If the image is by itself, center it. + \ifvmode + \imagevmodetrue + \nobreak\bigskip + % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert + % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space + % above and below. + \nobreak\vskip\parskip + \nobreak + \line\bgroup + \fi + % + % Output the image. + \ifpdf + \dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \else + % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure. + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi + \epsfbox{#1.eps}% + \fi + % + \ifimagevmode \egroup \bigbreak \fi % space after the image +\endgroup} + + +% @float FLOATTYPE,LABEL,LOC ... @end float for displayed figures, tables, +% etc. We don't actually implement floating yet, we always include the +% float "here". But it seemed the best name for the future. +% +\envparseargdef\float{\eatcommaspace\eatcommaspace\dofloat#1, , ,\finish} + +% There may be a space before second and/or third parameter; delete it. +\def\eatcommaspace#1, {#1,} + +% #1 is the optional FLOATTYPE, the text label for this float, typically +% "Figure", "Table", "Example", etc. Can't contain commas. If omitted, +% this float will not be numbered and cannot be referred to. +% +% #2 is the optional xref label. Also must be present for the float to +% be referable. +% +% #3 is the optional positioning argument; for now, it is ignored. It +% will somehow specify the positions allowed to float to (here, top, bottom). +% +% We keep a separate counter for each FLOATTYPE, which we reset at each +% chapter-level command. +\let\resetallfloatnos=\empty +% +\def\dofloat#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% + \let\thiscaption=\empty + \let\thisshortcaption=\empty + % + % don't lose footnotes inside @float. + % + % BEWARE: when the floats start float, we have to issue warning whenever an + % insert appears inside a float which could possibly float. --kasal, 26may04 + % + \startsavinginserts + % + % We can't be used inside a paragraph. + \par + % + \vtop\bgroup + \def\floattype{#1}% + \def\floatlabel{#2}% + \def\floatloc{#3}% we do nothing with this yet. + % + \ifx\floattype\empty + \let\safefloattype=\empty + \else + {% + % the floattype might have accents or other special characters, + % but we need to use it in a control sequence name. + \indexnofonts + \turnoffactive + \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}% + }% + \fi + % + % If label is given but no type, we handle that as the empty type. + \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else + % We want each FLOATTYPE to be numbered separately (Figure 1, + % Table 1, Figure 2, ...). (And if no label, no number.) + % + \expandafter\getfloatno\csname\safefloattype floatno\endcsname + \global\advance\floatno by 1 + % + {% + % This magic value for \thissection is output by \setref as the + % XREFLABEL-title value. \xrefX uses it to distinguish float + % labels (which have a completely different output format) from + % node and anchor labels. And \xrdef uses it to construct the + % lists of floats. + % + \edef\thissection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}% + \setref{\floatlabel}{Yfloat}% + }% + \fi + % + % start with \parskip glue, I guess. + \vskip\parskip + % + % Don't suppress indentation if a float happens to start a section. + \restorefirstparagraphindent +} + +% we have these possibilities: +% @float Foo,lbl & @caption{Cap}: Foo 1.1: Cap +% @float Foo,lbl & no caption: Foo 1.1 +% @float Foo & @caption{Cap}: Foo: Cap +% @float Foo & no caption: Foo +% @float ,lbl & Caption{Cap}: 1.1: Cap +% @float ,lbl & no caption: 1.1 +% @float & @caption{Cap}: Cap +% @float & no caption: +% +\def\Efloat{% + \let\floatident = \empty + % + % In all cases, if we have a float type, it comes first. + \ifx\floattype\empty \else \def\floatident{\floattype}\fi + % + % If we have an xref label, the number comes next. + \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else + \ifx\floattype\empty \else % if also had float type, need tie first. + \appendtomacro\floatident{\tie}% + \fi + % the number. + \appendtomacro\floatident{\chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}% + \fi + % + % Start the printed caption with what we've constructed in + % \floatident, but keep it separate; we need \floatident again. + \let\captionline = \floatident + % + \ifx\thiscaption\empty \else + \ifx\floatident\empty \else + \appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between + \fi + % + % caption text. + \appendtomacro\captionline{\scanexp\thiscaption}% + \fi + % + % If we have anything to print, print it, with space before. + % Eventually this needs to become an \insert. + \ifx\captionline\empty \else + \vskip.5\parskip + \captionline + % + % Space below caption. + \vskip\parskip + \fi + % + % If have an xref label, write the list of floats info. Do this + % after the caption, to avoid chance of it being a breakpoint. + \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else + % Write the text that goes in the lof to the aux file as + % \floatlabel-lof. Besides \floatident, we include the short + % caption if specified, else the full caption if specified, else nothing. + {% + \atdummies + % + % since we read the caption text in the macro world, where ^^M + % is turned into a normal character, we have to scan it back, so + % we don't write the literal three characters "^^M" into the aux file. + \scanexp{% + \xdef\noexpand\gtemp{% + \ifx\thisshortcaption\empty + \thiscaption + \else + \thisshortcaption + \fi + }% + }% + \immediate\write\auxfile{@xrdef{\floatlabel-lof}{\floatident + \ifx\gtemp\empty \else : \gtemp \fi}}% + }% + \fi + \egroup % end of \vtop + % + % place the captured inserts + % + % BEWARE: when the floats start floating, we have to issue warning + % whenever an insert appears inside a float which could possibly + % float. --kasal, 26may04 + % + \checkinserts +} + +% Append the tokens #2 to the definition of macro #1, not expanding either. +% +\def\appendtomacro#1#2{% + \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{#1#2}% +} + +% @caption, @shortcaption +% +\def\caption{\docaption\thiscaption} +\def\shortcaption{\docaption\thisshortcaption} +\def\docaption{\checkenv\float \bgroup\scanargctxt\defcaption} +\def\defcaption#1#2{\egroup \def#1{#2}} + +% The parameter is the control sequence identifying the counter we are +% going to use. Create it if it doesn't exist and assign it to \floatno. +\def\getfloatno#1{% + \ifx#1\relax + % Haven't seen this figure type before. + \csname newcount\endcsname #1% + % + % Remember to reset this floatno at the next chap. + \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\resetallfloatnos + \expandafter{\resetallfloatnos #1=0 }% + \fi + \let\floatno#1% +} + +% \setref calls this to get the XREFLABEL-snt value. We want an @xref +% to the FLOATLABEL to expand to "Figure 3.1". We call \setref when we +% first read the @float command. +% +\def\Yfloat{\floattype@tie \chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}% + +% Magic string used for the XREFLABEL-title value, so \xrefX can +% distinguish floats from other xref types. +\def\floatmagic{!!float!!} + +% #1 is the control sequence we are passed; we expand into a conditional +% which is true if #1 represents a float ref. That is, the magic +% \thissection value which we \setref above. +% +\def\iffloat#1{\expandafter\doiffloat#1==\finish} +% +% #1 is (maybe) the \floatmagic string. If so, #2 will be the +% (safe) float type for this float. We set \iffloattype to #2. +% +\def\doiffloat#1=#2=#3\finish{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \def\iffloattype{#2}% + \ifx\temp\floatmagic +} + +% @listoffloats FLOATTYPE - print a list of floats like a table of contents. +% +\parseargdef\listoffloats{% + \def\floattype{#1}% floattype + {% + % the floattype might have accents or other special characters, + % but we need to use it in a control sequence name. + \indexnofonts + \turnoffactive + \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}% + }% + % + % \xrdef saves the floats as a \do-list in \floatlistSAFEFLOATTYPE. + \expandafter\ifx\csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname \relax + \ifhavexrefs + % if the user said @listoffloats foo but never @float foo. + \message{\linenumber No `\safefloattype' floats to list.}% + \fi + \else + \begingroup + \leftskip=\tocindent % indent these entries like a toc + \let\do=\listoffloatsdo + \csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname + \endgroup + \fi +} + +% This is called on each entry in a list of floats. We're passed the +% xref label, in the form LABEL-title, which is how we save it in the +% aux file. We strip off the -title and look up \XRLABEL-lof, which +% has the text we're supposed to typeset here. +% +% Figures without xref labels will not be included in the list (since +% they won't appear in the aux file). +% +\def\listoffloatsdo#1{\listoffloatsdoentry#1\finish} +\def\listoffloatsdoentry#1-title\finish{{% + % Can't fully expand XR#1-lof because it can contain anything. Just + % pass the control sequence. On the other hand, XR#1-pg is just the + % page number, and we want to fully expand that so we can get a link + % in pdf output. + \toksA = \expandafter{\csname XR#1-lof\endcsname}% + % + % use the same \entry macro we use to generate the TOC and index. + \edef\writeentry{\noexpand\entry{\the\toksA}{\csname XR#1-pg\endcsname}}% + \writeentry +}} + +\message{localization,} +% and i18n. + +% @documentlanguage is usually given very early, just after +% @setfilename. If done too late, it may not override everything +% properly. Single argument is the language abbreviation. +% It would be nice if we could set up a hyphenation file here. +% +\parseargdef\documentlanguage{% + \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX. + % Read the file if it exists. + \openin 1 txi-#1.tex + \ifeof 1 + \errhelp = \nolanghelp + \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}% + \else + \input txi-#1.tex + \fi + \closein 1 + \endgroup +} +\newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or +is empty. Maybe you need to install it? In the current directory +should work if nowhere else does.} + + +% @documentencoding should change something in TeX eventually, most +% likely, but for now just recognize it. +\let\documentencoding = \comment + + +% Page size parameters. +% +\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt + +\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt +\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt +\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt + +% Prevent underfull vbox error messages. +\vbadness = 10000 + +% Don't be so finicky about underfull hboxes, either. +\hbadness = 2000 + +% Following George Bush, just get rid of widows and orphans. +\widowpenalty=10000 +\clubpenalty=10000 + +% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're +% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of +% stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on +% \hsize. We call this whenever the paper size is set. +% +\def\setemergencystretch{% + \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined + % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway. + \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}% + \else + \emergencystretch = .15\hsize + \fi +} + +% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth; +% 3) voffset; 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip; +% 7) physical page height; 8) physical page width. +% +% We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define +% \textleading. The caller should also set \parskip. +% +\def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{% + \voffset = #3\relax + \topskip = #6\relax + \splittopskip = \topskip + % + \vsize = #1\relax + \advance\vsize by \topskip + \outervsize = \vsize + \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin + \pageheight = \vsize + % + \hsize = #2\relax + \outerhsize = \hsize + \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in + \pagewidth = \hsize + % + \normaloffset = #4\relax + \bindingoffset = #5\relax + % + \ifpdf + \pdfpageheight #7\relax + \pdfpagewidth #8\relax + \fi + % + \setleading{\textleading} + % + \parindent = \defaultparindent + \setemergencystretch +} + +% @letterpaper (the default). +\def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 + \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt + \textleading = 13.2pt + % + % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even. + \internalpagesizes{46\baselineskip}{6in}% + {\voffset}{.25in}% + {\bindingoffset}{36pt}% + {11in}{8.5in}% +}} + +% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.25 trim size. +\def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1 + \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt + \textleading = 12pt + % + \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}% + {\voffset}{.25in}% + {\bindingoffset}{16pt}% + {9.25in}{7in}% + % + \lispnarrowing = 0.3in + \tolerance = 700 + \hfuzz = 1pt + \contentsrightmargin = 0pt + \defbodyindent = .5cm +}} + +% Use @smallerbook to reset parameters for 6x9 trim size. +% (Just testing, parameters still in flux.) +\def\smallerbook{{\globaldefs = 1 + \parskip = 1.5pt plus 1pt + \textleading = 12pt + % + \internalpagesizes{7.4in}{4.8in}% + {-.2in}{-.4in}% + {0pt}{14pt}% + {9in}{6in}% + % + \lispnarrowing = 0.25in + \tolerance = 700 + \hfuzz = 1pt + \contentsrightmargin = 0pt + \defbodyindent = .4cm +}} + +% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper. +\def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 + \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt + \textleading = 13.2pt + % + % Double-side printing via postscript on Laserjet 4050 + % prints double-sided nicely when \bindingoffset=10mm and \hoffset=-6mm. + % To change the settings for a different printer or situation, adjust + % \normaloffset until the front-side and back-side texts align. Then + % do the same for \bindingoffset. You can set these for testing in + % your texinfo source file like this: + % @tex + % \global\normaloffset = -6mm + % \global\bindingoffset = 10mm + % @end tex + \internalpagesizes{51\baselineskip}{160mm} + {\voffset}{\hoffset}% + {\bindingoffset}{44pt}% + {297mm}{210mm}% + % + \tolerance = 700 + \hfuzz = 1pt + \contentsrightmargin = 0pt + \defbodyindent = 5mm +}} + +% Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper. +% From romildo@urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000. +% He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small. +\def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1 + \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt + \textleading = 12.5pt + % + \internalpagesizes{160mm}{120mm}% + {\voffset}{\hoffset}% + {\bindingoffset}{8pt}% + {210mm}{148mm}% + % + \lispnarrowing = 0.2in + \tolerance = 800 + \hfuzz = 1.2pt + \contentsrightmargin = 0pt + \defbodyindent = 2mm + \tableindent = 12mm +}} + +% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper. +\def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1 + \afourpaper + \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}% + {\voffset}{4.6mm}% + {\bindingoffset}{7mm}% + {297mm}{210mm}% + % + % Must explicitly reset to 0 because we call \afourpaper. + \globaldefs = 0 +}} + +% Use @afourwide to print on A4 paper in landscape format. +\def\afourwide{{\globaldefs = 1 + \afourpaper + \internalpagesizes{241mm}{165mm}% + {\voffset}{-2.95mm}% + {\bindingoffset}{7mm}% + {297mm}{210mm}% + \globaldefs = 0 +}} + +% @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH] +% Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip, +% and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow. +% +\parseargdef\pagesizes{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish} +\def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{% + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi + \globaldefs = 1 + % + \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt + \setleading{\textleading}% + % + \dimen0 = #1 + \advance\dimen0 by \voffset + % + \dimen2 = \hsize + \advance\dimen2 by \normaloffset + % + \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}% + {\voffset}{\normaloffset}% + {\bindingoffset}{44pt}% + {\dimen0}{\dimen2}% +}} + +% Set default to letter. +% +\letterpaper + + +\message{and turning on texinfo input format.} + +% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text. +\catcode`\"=\other +\catcode`\~=\other +\catcode`\^=\other +\catcode`\_=\other +\catcode`\|=\other +\catcode`\<=\other +\catcode`\>=\other +\catcode`\+=\other +\catcode`\$=\other +\def\normaldoublequote{"} +\def\normaltilde{~} +\def\normalcaret{^} +\def\normalunderscore{_} +\def\normalverticalbar{|} +\def\normalless{<} +\def\normalgreater{>} +\def\normalplus{+} +\def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix + +% This macro is used to make a character print one way in \tt +% (where it can probably be output as-is), and another way in other fonts, +% where something hairier probably needs to be done. +% +% #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print +% otherwise. Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero +% interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all +% typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter. +% +\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi} + +% Same as above, but check for italic font. Actually this also catches +% non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from +% italic fonts. But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway +% this is not a problem. +\def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi} + +% Turn off all special characters except @ +% (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary). +% Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can +% use math or other variants that look better in normal text. + +\catcode`\"=\active +\def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}} +\let"=\activedoublequote +\catcode`\~=\active +\def~{{\tt\char126}} +\chardef\hat=`\^ +\catcode`\^=\active +\def^{{\tt \hat}} + +\catcode`\_=\active +\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_} +\let\realunder=_ +% Subroutine for the previous macro. +\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em } + +\catcode`\|=\active +\def|{{\tt\char124}} +\chardef \less=`\< +\catcode`\<=\active +\def<{{\tt \less}} +\chardef \gtr=`\> +\catcode`\>=\active +\def>{{\tt \gtr}} +\catcode`\+=\active +\def+{{\tt \char 43}} +\catcode`\$=\active +\def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix + +% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file +% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line. +% So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on. +% \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file. +\def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other} + +% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters even after +% parsing them. +\def\turnoffactive{% + \normalturnoffactive + \otherbackslash +} + +\catcode`\@=0 + +% \backslashcurfont outputs one backslash character in current font, +% as in \char`\\. +\global\chardef\backslashcurfont=`\\ +\global\let\rawbackslashxx=\backslashcurfont % let existing .??s files work + +% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other, and +% \doublebackslash is two of them (for the pdf outlines). +{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\} @gdef@doublebackslash{\\}} + +% In texinfo, backslash is an active character; it prints the backslash +% in fixed width font. +\catcode`\\=\active +@def@normalbackslash{{@tt@backslashcurfont}} +% On startup, @fixbackslash assigns: +% @let \ = @normalbackslash + +% \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \backslashcurfont. +% \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with +% catcode other. +@gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@backslashcurfont} +@gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash} + +% Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of +% the literal character `\'. +% +@def@normalturnoffactive{% + @let\=@normalbackslash + @let"=@normaldoublequote + @let~=@normaltilde + @let^=@normalcaret + @let_=@normalunderscore + @let|=@normalverticalbar + @let<=@normalless + @let>=@normalgreater + @let+=@normalplus + @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix + @unsepspaces +} + +% Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily. +% This is canceled by @fixbackslash. +@otherifyactive + +% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up. +% That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing +% a backslash. +% +@gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash} +@global@let\ = @eatinput + +% On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then +% the first `\' in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix +% that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur. +% Also turn back on active characters that might appear in the input +% file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format. +% +@gdef@fixbackslash{% + @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi + @catcode`+=@active + @catcode`@_=@active +} + +% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages. +@escapechar = `@@ + +% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special. +@catcode`@& = @other +@catcode`@# = @other +@catcode`@% = @other + + +@c Local variables: +@c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) +@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message" +@c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{" +@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" +@c time-stamp-end: "}" +@c End: + +@c vim:sw=2: + +@ignore + arch-tag: e1b36e32-c96e-4135-a41a-0b2efa2ea115 +@end ignore diff --git a/lib/et/vfprintf.c b/lib/et/vfprintf.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e3fcd78 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/et/vfprintf.c @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 1988 Regents of the University of California. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted + * provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are + * duplicated in all such forms and that any documentation, + * advertising materials, and other materials related to such + * distribution and use acknowledge that the software was developed + * by the University of California, Berkeley. The name of the + * University may not be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED + * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + */ + +#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint) +static char sccsid[] = "@(#)vfprintf.c 5.2 (Berkeley) 6/27/88"; +#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */ + +#include "config.h" +#if !HAVE_VPRINTF && HAVE_DOPRNT +#include <stdio.h> +#include <varargs.h> + +int +vfprintf(iop, fmt, ap) + FILE *iop; + char *fmt; + va_list ap; +{ + int len; + char localbuf[BUFSIZ]; + + if (iop->_flag & _IONBF) { + iop->_flag &= ~_IONBF; + iop->_ptr = iop->_base = localbuf; + len = _doprnt(fmt, ap, iop); + (void) fflush(iop); + iop->_flag |= _IONBF; + iop->_base = NULL; + iop->_bufsiz = 0; + iop->_cnt = 0; + } else + len = _doprnt(fmt, ap, iop); + + return (ferror(iop) ? EOF : len); +} +#endif /* !HAVE_VPRINTF */ |